Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
223 E 4th St Technical Jail Upgrades - Building
TECHNICAL Permit I a $3 Address 2 2 3 E 5�- a, Project description Ref 1-<+ -41e, watts Date the permit was finaled 7- 6 1( Number of technical pages 0. 5 Cad ka\ Freezer re1®ca4e, 1 Loma-4 I,zer CITY OF PORT ANGELES Construction Plans The Issuance of this permit based upon these plans. specifi- cation and other data shall not prevent the building official from thereafter requiring the correction of errors in said Ciallam Count larc ng sp n ec e if r ic a o g "PH 7ces ami i on thereunder when in data, or from preventing tion this jurisdiction. in UpgradesApZiDate 0/00 2-1 County Project Numbers: /3 621002CH, 621003CH, 641003CH and 641004CH PROJECT MANUAL 223 EAST 4TH STREET PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON FILE Includes Specifications and Drawings May 2010 €).1 Ara 5/rid go.czAtt, Architects Project No 10101 11 b Arch Beaman Architecture. Ltd. PO Be, EWSS Oregon P7296 In• t.,3 1 tirte• PI kiNg NPPRONTD BY POlt DIRE DEPT. DATE 10 20'0 J- \3 1 1 1 1 1 County Project Numbers: t 621002CH, 621003CH, 641003CH and 641004CH 1 1 PROJECT MANUAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Clallam County Jail Upgrades 223 EAST 4 STREET PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON Includes Specifications and Drawings May 2010 Architects Project No 10101 11 b_Arch Beaman Architecture, Ltd. REGISTERED ARCHITECT M HAEL BEAMA STATE OF WASHINGTON 4528 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATION LIST CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES Note It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify that each Project Manual contains the pages listed in this Table of Contents DIVISION 00• BIDDING AND AWARD REQUIREMENTS 00100 NOTICE OF CALL FOR BIDS 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 BID PROPOSAL FORM 00400 SUPPLEMENTAL BID FORMS 00500 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER CONTRACTOR 00600 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00860 LIST OF DRAWINGS DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Architect's Supplemental Instructions (Form) Contract Administration Change Order (Form) 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Application and Certification for Payment Form (AIA Document G702) Application and Certification for Payment Continuation Form (AIA Document G703) 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Request for Interpretation (Form) 01315 ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS Electronic Media Release (Form) 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Transmittal Letter (Form) List of Subcontractors (Form) 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01420 REFERENCES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01566 PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Substitution Request (Form) 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Contractor's Punch List (Form) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES DIVISION 02: SITE CONSTRUCTION 02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03301 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) DIVISION 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06640 PLASTIC PANELING DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS DIVISION 11 11400 08000 DOOR SCHEDULE 08322 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08781 DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE Door Hardware Schedule DIVISION 09• FINISHES 09000 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 09111 NON LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09310 CERAMIC TILE 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) 16110 CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) 16140 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) 16450 GROUNDING (PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET NUMBER SHEET CONTENTS A0 -00 COVER INDEX A0 -01 COVER ABBREVIATIONS A1-00 AREA PLAN REFERENCE PLAN A1-01 KITCHEN DEMOLITION PLAN A1-02 BA ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN A2 -00 KITCHEN ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A2 -01 BA ROOM ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A9 -01 BA ROOM DOOR DETAILS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 DIVISION ZERO Notice of Call for Bids. Section 00100 SEALED BIDS will be received by the Board of Clallam County Commissioners at 223 East Fourth Street, Room 150 Port Angeles, Washington until, 10:00 AM (PST) September 7, 2010 at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project Complete drawings and specifications may be obtained from Pen Print, Inc. 230 E. 1 Street, Port Angeles, WA 98362, phone 360.457 3404 All bidding and related questions should be directed to Beaman Architecture, Ltd in writing at mberbeamanarch.com Attention. Michael Beaman. The sealed bids must be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, "Bid Proposal Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project" Bid documents delivered to other offices and received late by the Commissioner's Office will not be considered nor will bids received by facsimile or e-mail. Clallam County will determine the lowest responsible bidder in accordance with the terms of Clallam County Code Section 3 12. and further reserves the right to reject any or all bids received, or to accept the bid which in its estimation best serves the interests of Clallam County or to waive informalities in the bidding. 'Clallam County hereby notifies all that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 at 49 CFR Part 23 will be afforded full opportunity to submit proposals in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. There will be a mandatory on -site walk- through conducted Monday, August 23, 2010 at 2:00 pm. This will be the only opportunity to access the jail interior, so bidders should bring with them any equipment they deem necessary to accurately document existing conditions. Bidders should meet at the County Courthouse, 223 East 4 Street, Port Angeles, WA at the east entrance to the courthouse off of the main parking lot for the Facility tour and meeting. Date: ATTEST 114 sL04 Nem_ Construction Timeframe• 90 Calendar Days to Final Completion f 10� w/o BOA,D, CLALLAM COUNTY COMMISSIONERS $6warc' Doherty Jr Chair Trish Holden, Clerk of the Board, CMC END OF SECTION 00100 Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities CLALLAM COUNTY PARKS, FAIR FACILITIES DEPARTMENT NOTICE OF CALL FOR BIDS Please publish (Peninsula Daily News) August 15 22 2010 Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. Bidding Requirements include Advertisement and Notice of Call for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms, Sample Contract Forms, and Supplementary Instructions. Contract documents consist of Agreement or Contract Form between Owner and Contractor Conditions of the Contract including General Supplementary Drawings, Plans, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 1.2 Addenda are written or graphic instructions issued by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions clarifications or corrections. 1 3 A Bid is a properly completed and signed proposal to do the work for sums stipulated and submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1 4 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform work described as the base to which work may be added or deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1 5 An Alternate Bid is an amount stated in the Bid to be added or deducted from the Base Bid if Alternate work is accepted. 1 6 A Unit Price is an amount stated in Bid as a price per unit for materials, equipment, or service as described in Bidding Documents. 1 7 A Bidder is person or entity who submits a Bid. 1 8 A Sub bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION 2.1 By making a Bid the Bidder represents that the Bidder has visited the site and become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed has read and understands all Bidding and Contract Documents, and correlated personal observations with the requirements of the proposed contract documents. Site visits shall be as stated on Notice of Call for Bids 2.2 The Bid is based upon materials, equipment, labor and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3 1 1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of Bidding Documents from the office designated in the Advertisement or Notice of Call for Bids, at no charge. (Each set consists of (1) each drawings and specifications, with a limit of two (2) sets per bidder) All bidders shall return documents within seven (7) days of bid opening. A bidder receiving the Contract Award may retain Documents. 3 1.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding documents in preparing Bids, neither Owner nor Owner's representative Architect assumes responsibility or errors or misrepresentations resulting from use of incomplete Bidding Documents. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 3 1 3 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available, the Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect, do so for the purpose of obtaining Bids and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 3 1 4 Copies of bidding documents and specs are available for review in Parks Office, Room 180 in the Old Courthouse. 3.2 Interpretation or correction of Bidding Documents 3 2.1 The Bidder shall carefully examine the Bidding Documents, examine the site and local conditions, and compare them with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to work being Bid, and shall at once report to the Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 3 2.2 The Bidder and sub bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request to Owner and /or Owner's representative Architect at lease seven days prior to date of receipt of Bids 3.2.3 Changes in the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum and changes made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 Substitutions 3 3 1 The materials, equipment, products described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of function dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any substitution. 3 3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by Owner or Owner's representative Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the materials or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work including changes in the work of other contractors that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden or proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer The Owner's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final 3.3 3 If the Owner approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner 3.3 4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 3.3 5 Should any proposed product substitution require any redesign work by the Owner and /or Architect or his consultations to accommodate the substitute product, costs for such redesign work shall be included in the Bid amount and shall be paid to the Architect or Owner at his usual rates for the time expended in the required redesign work. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4 1 1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identified to ones included in the Bidding Documents; shall have all blanks filled out in ink (typed or manually), with sums expressed in words and figures where indicated with words governing; and all alternates and unit prices bid. If alternates do not change Base Bid, enter `no change Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 4 1.2 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by signer of the Bid. 4 1 3 Bid shall include legal name of Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor partnership corporation or other legal entity Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a Contract. A Bid by a corporation shall give the state of incorporation or corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder 4.2 Bid security 4.2.1 If so stated in the Advertisement or Notice of Call for Bids, or in Bidding Documents, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in a.) cash b) cashier's check/money order c.) certified check, or d.) Surety Bond in the amount of 5% of the total Bid amount. Bid security shall be in form required, pledging that the Bidder will enter a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in Bid, and will furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder Bid security of the lowest three Bidders may be retained by Owner for a period not to exceed 30 days following opening of Bids. All other Bidders securities shall be returned within ten days of date of receipt of bids Should Bidder fail to enter into a Contract or furnish bonds where required, the amount of Bid Security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages not as a penalty 4.2.2 Surety Bond shall be written on required forms and the attorney -in -fact who executes the bond shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of the power -of- attorney 4.3 Submission of bids 4 3 1 Bids, Bid Security and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed, opaque envelope marked with the notation 'SEALED BID' with project name clearly marked on the outside of the envelope The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving Bids as identified in the Advertisement or Notice Call for Bids and include the Bidder's name and address. If Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED' and the project name on the face thereof 4 3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after time and date will be returned unopened. The Bidders shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipt of Bids. 4 3.3 Oral, telephone, telegraphic, or fax Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.4 Modification or withdrawal of Bid 4 4 1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period of thirty days following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. 4 4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 4 4 3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to Bidders Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 4 4 4 Bid Security if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5 1 Bids received on time and properly identified will be opened and read aloud at the Board of Commissioners meeting held immediately after the time and date for receipt of Bids as advertised in Notice Call for Bids. 5.2 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, reject a Bid not accompanied by a required Bid Security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular 5 3 The Owner may determine that a Bidder is not responsible and reject his proposal for any of the reasons found in Clallam County Code 3.12.060 5.4 Bid award 5 4 1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid, which in the Owners judgment, is in the Owner's best interests. 5 4.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted ARTICLE 6 POST BID INFORMATION 6 1 Contractor's Qualification Statement Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, upon request, a properly executed Contractor's Qualification Statement in the form requested by the Owner 6.2.1 Submittals The Bidder shall within three days of notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish the Owner or Owner's representative Architect in writing if not required to be included on the Bid Proposal Form. 1 Work to be performed by Bidders own forces 2. A complete list of sub bidders or sub contractors to be used to complete this project 3 Name of project superintendent or foreman to be used 4 Names of manufacturers products, and supplies of principal items or systems proposed for the Work. 6.2.2 Prior to award of the Contract, the Owner or Owner's representative Architect, will notify Bidder if Owner has a reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by Bidder If Owner has objection, the Bidder may (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost, if any occasioned by the substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder In the event of withdrawal or disqualification, the Bid Security will not be forfeited. 6.2.3 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner has made no reasonable objection must be used on the work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Instructions to Bidders Section 00200 6.2.4 A copy of Contractor's UBI Certification shall be submitted with the signed agreement. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 7 1 Bond requirements 7 1 1 The Bidder shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance and payment of all obligations and as described in the Bidding Documents and all bonds shall be paid for by the Bidder and costs shall be included in Bid. 7.2 Time of delivery and form of bonds 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Subparagraph 7 2.1 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided the bonds shall be written on forms provided by Owner Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum plus sales tax. 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney -in -fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.1 Form to be used 8 1 1 The Agreement for the Work shall be the completed sample included in the Bidding Documents and shall be signed by the Bidder within ten days of notice by the Owner of award of Contract to the Bidder END OF SECTION 00200 Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL FORM Project: Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project Project Numbers: 621002CH, 621003CH, 641003CH and 641004CH To CLALLAM COUNTY PARKS FAIR FACILITIES DIVISION Submission of this bid proposal certifies that the Undersigned has examined the project site and the conditions of work; and has carefully read and thoroughly understands the Bidding Documents governing the work embraced in this project, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. The Undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this project in accordance with said Bidding Documents and agrees to accept as payment for said work the amounts indicated below under Bid Proposal. The base bid shall include all work except that indicated in the Alternates. The Undersigned acknowledges that payment will be based on the actual work performed as measured or provided for in accordance with the said contract documents; Base Bid, Alternates and Unit Prices shall not include State of Washington Sales Tax. Appropriate sales tax is to be added to invoice amounts after award of bid. BID PROPOSAL BID AMOUNT OF dollars The undersigned certifies that the above referenced documents, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work to be done are thoroughly understood and that at no time will misunderstanding of the drawings, specifications, or conditions to be overcome be pleaded. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF BIDDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS By signing this form, the Contractor certifies that based on the Contractor's knowledge and review that the Contractor finds the Bidding Contract Documents sufficiently complete and in sufficient detail to perform the work required. BID GUARANTEE (See Bid Bond Form attached) The Undersigned furnishes herewith a bid guarantee in the amount of 5% of the total Base Bid proposal lump sum amount and attaches same to the proposal This bid guarantee warrants that the undersigned will not withdraw his proposal for a period of thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of proposals, and that if this proposal is accepted, the undersigned will enter into a formal contract (prepared by the Owner) and that the required performance bond and payment bond will be given In the event of the withdrawal of this proposal within the period stipulated above or the failure of the undersigned to enter into a contract and give the required bonds, the undersigned will be liable to the Owner for the full amount of the bid guarantee as liquidated damages on account of the default of the undersigned. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 of the total bid, in the form as indicated below is attached hereto Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 Check: CASH IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK/POSTAL MONEY ORDER CERTIFIED CHECK PAYABLE TO CLALLAM COUNTY PROPOSED BOND IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID NON COLLUSION STATEMENT By signing this proposal the Contractor certifies that he /she has not participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this project for which this proposal is submitted. NON DISCRIMINATION The Contractor hereby agrees to not discriminate against any person on the basis of race, creed, political ideology color national origin, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, age or presence of any sensory mental or physical disability INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATEMENT The Contractor certifies that services shall be furnished by the Contractor as an independent contractor and nothing herein contained shall be construed to create a relationship of employer /employee or master /servant, but all payments made hereunder and all services performed shall be made and performed pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor ADDENDA Receipt of Addenda(s) numbered is hereby acknowledged and all costs of the Work therefore have been included in the Bid Proposal. BIDDER NAME AND SIGNATURE The name of the Bidder submitting this proposal, the address and phone number to which all communications concerned with this proposal shall be made and the number which has been assigned indicating the Bidder is licensed to do business in the State of Washington are as follows. Firm Name. Address: Contractor's License No The firm submitting this proposal is a: Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities Telephone Exp Date Sole Proprietorship Corporation Partnership The names and titles of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this proposal, or of the partnership or of all persons interested in this proposal as principals are as follows Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions DIVISION ZERO Bid Proposal Form Section 00300 SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL(S) (PROPOSAL MUST BE SIGNED) END OF SECTION 00300 Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities FIRM NAME (Seal) DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 SUPPLEMENTAL BID FORMS ARTICLE 1 The Bid Bond format listed below shall be used by Bidders when submitting their Bid Bond. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we as Principal hereinafter called the Principal and a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety hereinafter called the Surety are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities (here insert full name address or legal title of Contractor) (here insert full name address or legal title of Surety) (here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) Dollars for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents WHEREAS the Principal has submitted a bid for (here insert full name, address and description of project) NOW THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding of Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the Prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 20 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions DIVISION ZERO Suoolemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 2 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS When requested by the Owner Contractor shall complete and submit the below information within three days of notification by Owner 1 Name of Bidder 2. Business Address 3 How many years has said bidder been engaged in the contracting business under the present firm name? 4 Contracts now in hand (Gross Amount) 5 General character of work performed by said company 6 List of more important projects constructed by said company including approximate costs and dates. 7 List of company's major equipment: 8 Bank References. 9 Department of Labor and Industries Firm No 10 Department of Revenue Registration. Name of Bidder By Title Date Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 3 STATEMENT OF PROPOSED SUB CONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS The Contractor shall submit a complete list of all major material suppliers and a sub contractor's list within three days of notification of Bid award or upon request by the Owner to provide it. Sub Contractor's List NAME ADDRESS DESCRIPTION OF WORK/MATERIAL MATERIAL SUPPLIERS Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 4 RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION DECLARATION CONTRACTOR. PROJECT NAME. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project PROJECT NUMBERS 621002CH, 621003CH, 641003CH and 641004CH Pursuant to RCW 60.28 010 as amended, you may choose how your Retainage under this contract will be held and invested. Please complete and sign this form indicating your preference. If you fail to do so the County will hold your Retainage as described in `Current Expense Option 1 below 1 Current Expense. The County will retain the money in its Current Expense Fund Account until thirty days following final acceptance of the improvement or work as completed. You will not receive interest earned on this money 2 Interest Bearina Account: The County will deposit Retainage checks in an interest bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until after the final acceptance of the improvement or work is completed or until agreed to by both parties. Interest on the account will be paid to you. 3 Escrow /Investments. the County will place the Retainage checks in escrow with a bank or trust company until thirty days following the final acceptance to the improvement or work as completed When the moneys reserved are to be placed in escrow the County will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved payable to the bank or trust company and you jointly This check will be converted into bonds and securities chosen by you and approved by the County and these bonds and securities will be held in escrow Interest on these bonds and securities will be paid to you as interest accrues. 4 The Contractor may at his /her option choose to not submit a performance bond and agrees to a 50% Retainage in lieu of a performance bond. Retainage to be released when Contract is complete and all paperwork submitted. (Pertains to projects under $25 000 ONLY) Retainage is normally released 30 -40 days after final acceptance of work by the County or following receipt of Labor and Industries Department of Revenue clearance whichever takes longer (Contractor's Signature) (Title) Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 ARTICLE 5 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM The Contractor will use AIA Document A312 Forms, as revised, as the acceptable forms when providing bonds. ARTICLE 6 INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE PREMIUMS AND CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT 1 The contractor shall pay and is responsible for payment of all industrial insurance premiums that become due and payable to the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (Department) pursuant to Title 51 RCW whether such premiums are attributable to the contractor or its subcontractors. 2. In the event that Clallam County is required to make industrial insurance premiums to the Department due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the contractor to make payment as required herein, the contractor authorizes Clallam County to take judgment against it, and the contractor hereby confesses judgment, in the amount which Clallam County is required to pay the Department, pursuant to Title 51 RCW to satisfy contractor's liabilities hereunder The contractor confesses judgment in an amount equal to the entire industrial insurance premium liability due to the Department, on behalf of the contractor and its subcontractors hereunder Tess any premium payments previously made to the Department by the contractor 3 The contractor expressly agrees that the amount confessed herein was expressly negotiated and that the amount due to Clallam County for satisfying contractor's obligations to the Department hereunder is due justly due or to become due. 4 Until such time as Clallam County is actually reimbursed for industrial insurance premiums paid to the Department due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the contractor to meet its obligations hereunder the contractor shall be debarred from bidding on any projects for which Clallam County solicits bids. State of County of Corporate: ss On this day of 20 before me personally appeared to me known to be the (president, vice president, secretary treasurer or other authorized officer or agent, as the case may be) of the corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written (CORPORATE SEAL) Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities (Contractor's Signature) (Title) DIVISION ZERO Supplemental Bid Forms Section 00400 State of County of Individual On this day personally appeared before me to me known to be the individual, or individuals described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he (she or they) signed the same as his (her or their) free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. Given under my hand and official seal this day of END OF SECTION 00400 20 ss Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at (Contractor's Signature) (Title) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Form of Aareement Between Owner and Contractor Section 00500 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Project Name CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES PROJECT Project Numbers 621002CH, 621003CH, 641003CH and 641004CH This agreement is entered into between Clallam County a political subdivision of the State of Washington, hereafter called `County' and Of (address) hereinafter called `Contractor" The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below 1 This Agreement is comprised of the Bidding Documents, Contract Documents, the Agreement, Plans and Specifications as described in the Contract Documents, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement and modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. 2. The Contractor shall execute the entire work described in the Bidding and Contract Documents. 3 The date of commencement is the date the Contractor receives a signed copy of this Agreement by the Board of Commissioners, which shall be considered the notice to proceed. 4 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire work no later than subject to adjustments provided for in the Contract Documents. 5 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of dollars subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 6 Progress Payments a. The Owner shall make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Sum as provided for below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. b The Contractor shall submit Application for Payment on AIA Document G702 forms not more than once per month or Contractor's own form with same information found on G702 Forms. c. The Contractor shall submit Application for Payment prior to the last day of each calendar month to the Owner or Owner's representative Architect. d. The Owner shall make progress payments within 15 calendar days of receipt of Application for Payment and certification that work has progressed satisfactorily e. Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner or Owner's Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Owner or Owner's Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for payment. f Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. g. Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO Form of Aareement Between Owner and Contractor Section 00500 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, Tess Retainage of five percent. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in the dispute may be included as provided in the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Change Order Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction less Retainage of five percent. Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner and Subtract amounts, if any for which the Owner or Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate of Payment as provided in the General Conditions. 7 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct non conforming Work as provided in the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a Final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Owner or Owner's representative Architect's final Certificate for Payment, punch list is completed and all close- out paperwork and documents have been submitted to the Owner including Department of Revenue clearance. 8 Other documents, if any forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows. A. UBI Certification (copy to be attached to Agreement) IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement on this day of 20 CONTRACTOR: (Name) (By) (Its) Date: ATTEST Clerk of the Board, Trish Holden, CMC END OF SECTION 00500 20 Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities OWNER: BOARD OF CLALLAM COUNTY COMMISSIONERS' Stephen P Tharinger Chair Approved as to Form: Prosecuting Attorney's Office Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 11 Definitions 1 1 1 Contract Documents consist of Agreement between Owner and Contractor General Conditions of the Contract, Supplemental Conditions, Bidding Documents, Bonds, Drawings and Specifications, Addenda, approved Alternates, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. 1 1.2 The term Work means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor materials, equipment and services provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. 1 1 3 The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work. 1 1 4 The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services 1 1 5 The Proiect Manual is the volume assembled for the work which includes, the Bidding Documents including Call for Bids and Instructions to Bidders, and Contract Documents. 1.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. 1.2.2 Execution of the contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1 2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade 1 2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.6 The apparent silence of the specifications or plans as to any detail or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of first quality are to be used. All interpretations of these specifications shall be made on the basis above stated Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 1.3 OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS 1 3 1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Owner or Owner's Architect are instruments of the Owner's service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Owner shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the contract Documents as if singular in number The term 'Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys, utility locations, or other records that the Owner has presently on file or presently knows of to the contractor upon request. The Owner will not provide additional surveys, layouts or locations unless specifically stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2.1 3 The Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit. All other permits and fees for permits shall be paid for by the Contractor 2.1 4 The Owner shall have additional responsibilities enumerated herein. 2.1 5 If the Contractor fails to correct Work or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing may order the Contractor to stop the work, or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3 1 1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number The term 'Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3 1.2 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner and shall at once report to the Owner errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized (or should have recognized) such error inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Owner If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Owner the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction 3 1 3 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Owner at once. 3.1 4 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 3 1 5 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor 3 1 6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery water heat, utilities transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3.1 7 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3 1 8 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Owner the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3 1 9 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer use and similar taxes for the work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3 1 10 Other than the Building Permit, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. 3 1 11 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3 1 12 If the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with codes the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner in writing and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification 3.1 13 If the Contractor performs Work knowing or should have known it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Owner the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 3 1 14 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.1 15 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor 3 1 16 The Contractor shall provide the Owner access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3 1 17 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, Toss or expense is attributable Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 to bodily injury sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor a Subcontractor anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whole acts they may be liable regardless of whether or not such claim, damage loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3 1 18 With respect to performance of this agreement and as to claims against the county its elected and appointed officers, agents and employees, the Contractor expressly waives its immunity under Title 51 RCW the Industrial Insurance Act, as now and hereafter amended, for injuries to its employees and agrees that the obligations to indemnify defend and hold harmless provided in this agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of the Contractor This waiver is mutually negotiated by the Owner and Contractor ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4 1 The Owner's project manager shall be the administrator of the contract unless the Owner has agreement for architectural services. 4 1 1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number The term Architect' means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative 4 1.2 Duties responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld 4 1 3 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, form time to time during the correction period. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4 1 4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4 1 5 Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner 4 1 6 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts to the Owner who has final approval and authority Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 4 1 7 The Architect, with Owner's approval, will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract documents. Whenever the Architect, with Owner's approval, considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect, with Owner's approval, will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the work. However neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. 4 1 8 The Architect will review and, with Owner's approval, approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 4 1 9 The Architect, with the Owner's approval, will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives and may authorize minor changes in the work as provided in Paragraph 7 1 4 4 1 10 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will received and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 51 Definitions 5 1 1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. 5 1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not, after due investigation, the Owner has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity Failure of the Owner to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5 1 3 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner has made reasonable and timely objection 5 1 4 If the Owner has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5 1 5 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub subcontractors. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER 6 1 1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6 1.2 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces 6 1 3 If part of the Contractor's Work depends, for proper execution or results, upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Owner apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7 1 1 Changes in the work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order 7 1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner Contractor and Architect. 7 1 3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly unless otherwise provided in the Change Order 7 1 4 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Owner or Architect and signed by the Owner Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: 1 a change in the Work, 2. the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any and 3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time if any ARTICLE 8 TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8 1 1 Contract time shall be as stated below, from date of commencement established in the Agreement until final completion See Notice of Call for Bids for Construction Timeframe. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 8 1.2 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8 1 3 The Contractor shall not knowingly except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance to be furnished by the Contractor The date of commencement of the Work shall be not changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not Tess than five days or other agreed period before commencing the work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic s liens and other security interests. 8 1 4 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or of an employee of either or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control or by delay authorized by the Owner then the Contract time shall be extended by Change Order 8 1 5 Should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within the Contract Time, the Owner will sustain damage. 8 1 6 Therefore, the parties agree that the Contractor shall pay the Owner as liquidated damages and not as penalty an amount as follows, which shall be considered to be the amount of the damage sustained by the Owner on account of the condition specified and shall continue to be paid until the condition specified is met. 8 1 7 It is agreed by the parties that time is of essence in this agreement and, if the date of final completion is delayed the Owner will be damaged. The exact amount of the damage will be difficult to calculate but will include such items as outside leases, Toss of efficient function, and inconvenience to the public and to the Owner It is agreed between the parties that the amount of damages will be $100.00 per calendar day from Final Completion date as designated for each individual project as stated on the Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor The Owner may deduct the sum of such liquidated damages from any moneys due or that may become due the Contractor or if such moneys are insufficient, the Contractor or his Surety or Sureties shall pay the difference ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 1 1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9 1.2 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner or Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Owner or Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9 1 3 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or Architect, if one is used, an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies or requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting Retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 9 1 4 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the work which have been properly authorized by Change Orders. 9 1 5 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9 1 6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. 9 1 7 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment, all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall to the best of the Contractor's knowledge information and belief be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9 1 8 The Owner shall determine the payment amount to be made to the Contractor 9 1 9 At the time each month stipulated in the Owner /Contractor Agreement, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor an amount equal to ninety -five percent (95 of the value of labor and material incorporated in the work, all as approved by the Architect in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, such amount paid to the Contractor shall be less the total of all previous payments and deductions provided for in the Contract Documents. The five percent (5 withheld shall be Retainage which shall be paid as provided hereinafter The percentage of contract retained shall be five percent (5 pursuant to RCW Chapter 60.28 as amended. Thirty days after final acceptance of the completed work, the balance due will be paid, provided a. The work be fully completed b Certification has been received by the Owner from the State Department of Labor and Industries, as to payment of prevailing wages, in conformance with laws. c. Certification has been received by the Owner from the State Department of Revenue that all taxes have been paid no tax lien may exist, and d. The Contractor warrants to the Owner all claims by materialmen and workmen, if any for unpaid charges against the work have been satisfied and e. To hold the Owner harmless from all liens on the completed work. In the event these provisions are not met, the Owner may pay a percentage of the Retainage, holding back that quantity of money for materialmen and Laborer's liens, tax liens, cost and attorney's fees to defray the cost of foreclosing all other liens, costs, and Architect's fee to defray cost of additional Construction Administration services. After the award of a Contract for public improvement or work for which retained percentages are required to be reserved under the provisions of RCW 60.28 010 Owner shall require the Contractor to exercise in writing, one of the options listed in RCW 60.20 010 Retained amounts shall be paid into an escrow account, if requested, in a financial institution chosen by the Contractor and approved by the Owner the interest earnings from which shall accrue to the benefit of the Contractor 9 1 10 Final payment will not be made by the Owner until all contract conditions and requirements have been fulfilled and all forms and certificates are received in full. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 9 1 11 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Owner or Architect will promptly make such inspection, and when Owner and Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 1 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10 1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact, the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless The work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or PCB or when it has been rendered harmless by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor 10 1 3 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to. 1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby 2. the work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub subcontractors, and 3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto such as trees, shrubs, lawns walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction 10 1 4 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage injury or loss. 10 1 5 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10 1 6 When use or storage of explosive or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10 1 7 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or Toss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor a Subcontractor a Sub subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor the foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations. 10 1 8 The Contractor shall not Toad or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 10 1 9 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage injury or Toss. 10 1 10 The Contractor agrees to comply with Chapter 49 18 RCW providing that no laborer workman, or mechanic in the employ of the Contractor Subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the work or any part of the work contemplated by the Contract, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day provided that, in cases of extraordinary emergency such as danger to life or property the hours of work may be extended, but in such cases shall not be less than one and one -half times the rate allowed for this same amount of time during eight (8) hours service Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, or Sunday or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner Contractor further agrees the said Contract is terminable in case the Contractor shall violate the provisions of such act. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE BONDS 11 1 1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable 1 claims under workers or workmen s compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury occupational sickness or disease or death of the Contractor's employees; 3 claims for damages because of bodily injury sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees 4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by another person, 5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property including Toss of use resulting therefrom; 6 claims for damages because of bodily injury death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership maintenance or use of a motor vehicle, and 7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations. 11 1.2 The Contractor shall name the Owner the Architect, their consultants, and their officers, agents, and employees, as additional insured ory the insurance policies, except the workers or workmen s compensation policy The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner and Architect the list of names to appear on the insurance policies. 11 1 3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11 1 1 shall be written for not Tess than the following or greater if required by law 1 Workers Compensation, a. State. Statutory b Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoremen, harbor Work, Work at or outside U S Boundaries) Statutory c. Employer's Liability' $1 000 000 00 d. Benefits Required by Union labor contracts: as applicable e. Include all- states endorsement Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 2. Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises- Operations, Independent Contractor's Protective, Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) a. Bodily Injury $1 000 000 00 Single Limit Per Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate, Products and Completed Operations b Property Damage. Course of Construction Insurance Full Contract Amount Each Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate c. Products and Completed Operations Insurance shall be maintained until 30 days after final completion d. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards. Vandalism, Fire Explosion, Collapse, and Underground e. Contractual Liability* 1 Bodily Injury $1 000 000 Each Occurrence 2. Property Damage Full Contract Amount Each Occurrence Full Contract Amount Aggregate f Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion Deleted: $1 000 000 00 Aggregate 3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability (Owned Non owned, Hired) a. Bodily Injury $500 000 00 Each Person $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence b Property Damage $100 000 00 Each Occurrence 4 If possible, all of the above insurance coverage shall be carried with the same insurance company 11 1 4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner and the Architect prior to commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverage s afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner the Architect, the Contractor and the Owner's insurer Certificates shall be furnished in duplicate and stipulate all coverage required and the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and the Architect copies of all endorsements that area subsequently issued amending coverage or limits 11 1 5 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made 11 1 6 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including without duplication of coverage theft, vandalism, malicious mischief collapse, false work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11 1 7 The Contractor shall secure and pay for performance and payment bonds issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project, on a Bond Form executed in pursuance to Chapter 39 08 Revised Code of Washington. The Bond Form must comply with all requirements of the Owner's attorney Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 The surety bond shall be in the following penal sums. Performance Bond 100% of agreement sum, including Washington State Sales Tax Labor and Material 100% of agreement sum, including Washington State Sales Tax Four copies of Bond Certification required 11 1 8 The Contract Bond or an equivalent Maintenance Bond shall continue in for force until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner 11 1 9 The Contractor guarantees the excellence of both workmanship and material, and the payment of all obligations incurred until the Work is finally accepted and for (30) days thereafter and until the provisions of the Contract Documents are fulfilled. 11 1 10 For the projects under $25,000.00 Contractor may agree to a 50% Retainage fund in lieu of providing a performance bond The Retainage fund to be held by the County until work is complete all paperwork is turned in and state releases signed and returned to County ARTICLE 12 WARRANTY 12.1 1 The Contractor shall warranty all labor materials and work performed for a period of 1 year from date of final completion. ARTICLE 13 LAW, SUCCESSORS, TESTS 13 1 1 The contract shall be governed by law of the place where project is located 13 1.2 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves their partners, successors assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other If either party attempts to make such as assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13 1 3 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law 13 1 4 No action or failure to act by the Owner Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder except a may be specifically agreed in writing. 13 1 5 Tests, inspections_and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner or with the appropriate public authority and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals The contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Owner may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 13 1 6 If the Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner and the Contractor shall give timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Owner may observe such procedures. 13.1 7 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures 13 1 8 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION 14 1 1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor 1 refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, 2. fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors, 3 disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations, or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction, or 4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 15 PREVAILING WAGES 15 1 1 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TO FILE STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES AND AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID The prevailing rate of wage to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39 12 RCW as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington. The prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed shall be determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, and are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. Current prevailing wage data is furnished by the Industrial Statistician 15 1.2 Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages. The Contractor on or before the date of commencement of work, shall complete, file and pay for a statement under oath with the Owner and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classification of laborers, workmen or mechanics employed upon the work by the Contractor or Subcontractor which shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wage (State Form LI 700 -29) State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries 'Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on Public Contract' form. Such statement and any subsequent statements shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. Therefore, the Contractor shall familiarize himself with this form and all its requirements. The Owner will not distribute any payments until all required certified copies of such forms are received 15 1 3 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to require all his Subcontractors to complete and pay for 'Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages' forms, submit these documents to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification and forward certified copies to the Owner as proof that the prevailing wage requirements of RCW 39 12.040 have been satisfied. Additional forms may be obtained from the Department of Labor and Industries, Industrial Relations Division, General Administration Building, Olympia, Washington 98504 and from all 15 service locations of the Department of Labor and Industries. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 15 1 4 Each voucher claim submitted by a Contractor for payment on a project estimate shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre -filed statement or statements of intent on file with the Department of Labor and Industrial Statistician 15 1 5 The Contractor and Subcontractors shall further certify that: a. He has not employed or retained any company or person (other than a full -time bona fide employee working solely for the offer or to solicit or receive this Contract and b He has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person (other than a full -time bona fide employee working solely for the offer or) any fee, commission, percentage or brokerage fee contingent upon or resulting from the award of this Contract; and c. He has not been asked or otherwise coerced either expressed or implied into contributing funds, for any purpose as a condition to doing business with the Owner and d. He agrees to furnish information relating to items 1,2 and 3 as requested by the contracting officer 15 1 6 It is further agreed that in case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing wages for the work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties involved, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State, and his decision therein shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties involved in the dispute. 15 1 7 Upon completion of a Public Works Project, the Contractor for himself and on behalf of all Subcontractors, shall file Affidavit of Wages Paid' forms. Forms properly executed by the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be submitted with proper payment to Department of Labor and Industries, Industrial Insurance Division, Underwriting Section, General Administration Building, Olympia, WA 98504 Each Affidavit of Wages must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted to the Owner Copies of all required statements must be on file with the Owner before the retained percentage is released. 15 1 8 Upon completion of a Public Works project, the Contractor shall file a Release for the Protection of Property Owner and General Contractor" form (LI 206 -83 release 1 -67) with the Department of Labor and Industries. The Owner will not disburse final payment or the Retainage to the Contractor until a release has been issued by the Department of Labor and Industries. Contractor shall pay for all costs of obtaining and filing all Labor and Industries forms. ARTICLE 16 OFFSHORE ITEMS 16 1 1 In compliance with RCW 39.25 the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a certified statement setting forth the nature and source to Offshore items in excess of $2,500 which have been utilized under each prime contract in the performance of the work. 'Offshore Items are those items procured from sources beyond the territorial boundaries of the United States including Alaska and Hawaii. This certified statement is mandatory and shall be received before final payment is made on the contract. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 ARTICLE 17 PREVENTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC NATURAL RESOURCES 17 1 1 Pursuant to Chapter 62, Laws of 1973 1st Ex. Session, those provisions of federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources that affect, or are affected by the herein described project are, to the extent they are reasonably obtainable as follows. RCW 43.21 030 RCW 90 58 140 RCW 90 58 320 and RCW 70 94 152. Conform with the provisions thereof ARTICLE 18 DISCRIMINATION 18 1 1 The Contractor by entering this contract, agrees that Discrimination in all phases of employment is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Presidential Executive Order 11375 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination, Chapter 49 60 RCW and by Gubernatorial Executive Orders 66 -1 and 70 -01 among other laws and regulations. 18 1.2 During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows. 1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race creed color national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age marital status, or the presence of any physical sensory or mental handicap nor shall the Contractor commit any of the other unfair practices defined in RCW 79 60 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination. 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitation or advertisements for employees placed by on without regard to race creed color national origin sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, or the presence of any physical, sensory or mental disability 3 The Contractor will send to each labor union, employment agency or representative of workers with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor union employment agency or workers representative of the Contractor's commitments under this contract and RCW 49 60 the Washington State Law Against Discrimination. 4 The Contractor will permit access to its books records and accounts, and to its premises by the Owner or the Washington State Human Rights Commission for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with these specifications. 5 The Contractor will include the provisions of clauses, 1 through 4 above in every Subcontract or purchase order so that such provisions will be upon each Subcontractor or vendor ARTICLE 19 COUNTY /CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP 19 1 1 In the event that either the state or federal government determines that an employer employee relationship exists, rather than an independent contractor relationship such that Clallam County is deemed responsible for federal withholding, social security contributions and the like, the Contractor agrees to reimburse Clallam County for any payments made or required to be made by Clallam County Should any payments be due to the Contractor pursuant to this agreement, the Contractor agrees that reimbursement may be made by deducting from such future payments a pro rata share of the amount to be reimbursed based upon the following formula. Total amount to be reimbursed Deduction from payment Number of payments remaining. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO General Conditions of the Contract Section 00600 Notwithstanding a determination by the state or federal government that employer employee relationship exists, the Contractor its officers, employees and agents, shall not be entitled to any benefits which Clallam County provides to its employees, including but not limited to vacation and medical benefits. 19 1.2 The status of the Contractor hereunder is that of an independent contractor and the Contractor shall not be construed to be an employee of Clallam County As an independent contractor the Contractor is not entitled to any benefits available to employees of Clallam County and the Contractor is responsible for withholding any moneys required to be withheld from the Contractor's employees pursuant to local state, or federal law including, but not limited to worker's compensation, social security and taxes. END OF SECTION 00600 Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00- General Conditions Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ZERO List of Drawines Section 00860 LIST OF DRAWINGS SHEET NUMBER SHEET CONTENTS A0 -00 COVER INDEX A0 -01 COVER ABBREVIATIONS A1-00 AREA PLAN REFERENCE PLAN A1-01 KITCHEN DEMOLITION PLAN A1-02 BA ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN A2 -00 KITCHEN ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A2 -01 BA ROOM ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A9 -01 BA ROOM DOOR DETAILS A9 -02 BA ROOM DOOR DETAILS A9 -03 KITCHEN DETAILS END OF SECTION 00860 Clailam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 00 General Conditions DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Contract Description 5. COORDINATION 1 Work includes, but is not limited to see Section 01100 Summary for Description. B The Contractor is responsible for verifying all systems assemblies and details of construction prepared by the Owner as being appropriate to and within the standard practices of the building trades involved. The Contractor and all of his subcontractors and sub subcontractors shall have reviewed all documents thoroughly and shall report all discrepancies, irregularities and items that differ from standard practices during the bidding phase. The Contractor shall also be responsible to ensure proper coordination between all trades and all the corresponding documentation directing those trades. The Contractor shall also be responsible for confirmation of all manufacturers instructions and special requirements of the use and application of their products. 2. WORK NOT IN CONTRACT A. NIC' (Not in Contract) items are as follows. 1 NONE. 3. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall have access only to the areas where the new work is to be executed The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner for staging, construction, and parking during construction, which will be limited to the area of Work. Work times and dates shall be scheduled and approved by the Owner prior to start of work. 4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. The Contractor shall execute all cutting and patching of existing conditions with the same skilled workmen with the same material supplies, and with the same equipment as required for new work of the same type 1 The cut and patched areas shall be left so that when the work of this Project is completed, all evidence of the cutting and patching is removed. 2. Texture, finish and color of new or patched areas shall match that of the existing /adjacent construction. A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of specification to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements with a minimum of public service disruption. B Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 01 General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 C Coordinate space requirements and installation of electrical work, which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for conduit and wiring as closely as practicable. D In finished areas, conceal pipes and wiring within the construction 6. EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Submission of Bid means acceptance of existing conditions. 7 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer sealer or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. 8. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. See Section 01330 Submittal Procedures. B Submittal form to identify Project, Contractor Subcontractor or supplier and pertinent Contract Document references. C Apply Contractor's stamp signed or initialed certifying that review verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents, prior to submitting the submittal for review by the Owner or Owner's representative Architect. D Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations, which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. E. Revise and submit submittals as required; identify all changes made since previous submittal 9. QUALITY ASSURANCE CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. See Section 01400 Quality Requirements. B Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality or when no level of quality is specified, perform Work as would be standard for a custom installation. C Comply with manufacturers instructions. D Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship 10. TOLERANCES A. Monitor tolerance control of installed Products over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, site conditions, and workmanship to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 01 General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 B Comply fully with manufacturers tolerances. 11 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standards applicable for each system, product, or assembly as commonly applied to each trade or discipline for this type of work and level of quality specified or implied, by date of issue current as of date of Contract Documents. B Should specified reference standard conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Owner before proceeding 12. ELECTRICITY A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Contractor shall be responsible for Electrical Permit and inspections as required. 13. LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. 14 WATER A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 15. SANITARY FACILITIES A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 16. ENCLOSURES A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide temporary enclosures for protection of adjacent existing conditions and barriers to protect the adjacent room from construction dust and fumes. Provide adequate fencing to secure site from public users. 17 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. 18. SECURITY A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Provide security and facilities to protect Work and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry vandalism, or theft. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 01 General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 19 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. See Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls B Collect and maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain construction area in a clean and orderly condition. Contractor responsible for all costs involved in waste removal 20 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities materials, prior to Final Completion review C Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 21 PRODUCTS A. See Section 01600 Product Requirements. B Products. means new material, machinery components, equipment, fixtures and systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. C Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically identified or allowed by the Contract Documents. D Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced and /or added in addition to existing components, e.g. lighting, switches, receptacles, etc. 22. TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Transport, handle, store, and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 23. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Submit written certification the Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with the General Conditions and the Contract Documents and ready for Owner inspection C Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum /Price previous payments, and amount remaining due D Complete and submit all required documentation, covered in this Project Manual and the drawings. Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 01 General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Reauirements Section 01001 24. FINAL CLEANING A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. C Thoroughly clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 25. ADJUSTING A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures B Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 26. WARRANTIES A. See Section 01770 Closeout Procedures. B Provide duplicate notarized copies. C Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. D Submit prior to final Application for Payment. END OF SECTION 01001 Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project May 2010 Division 01 General Requirements Clallam County Parks, Fair Facilities SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: B Related Sections include the following CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of the Contract. 3 Work phases. 4 Use of premises. 5 Owner's occupancy requirements. 6 Work restrictions. 7 Specification formats and conventions. 1 Division 1 Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls' for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1 3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification Clallam County Jail Upgrades Project. 1 Project Location Port Angeles, Washington B Owner Clallam County 223 East Fourth Street, Port Angeles, Washington 98362. 1 Owner's Representative Joel Winborn, Parks Fair and Facilities Director 223 East Fourth Street, Suite 7 Port Angeles, Washington 98362. C Architect: Beaman Architecture, Ltd. PO Box 86038, Portland Oregon 97286 D The Work consists of the following: 1 The Work includes renovation construction. 1 4 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. SUMMARY 01100 1 1 5 USE OF PREMISES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits. B Use of Site. Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1 Owner Occupancy Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site. 2. Driveways and Entrances Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner Owner's employees and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances b Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. C Use of Existing Building: Maintain Owner occupied existing building in a weather tight condition throughout construction period Repair damage caused by construction operations Protect building and its occupants during construction period D No smoking is allowed on Owner's property except in designated locations. 1 6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Full Owner Occupancy Owner will occupy site and building during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated. 1 Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide not less than 48 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction. Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1 Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy 2. Before partial Owner occupancy mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed On occupancy Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building 3 On occupancy Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. SUMMARY 01100 2 1 7 WORK RESTRICTIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. On -Site Work Hours. Work shall be generally performed inside or outside the existing buildings during normal business working hours of 7 a.m. to 4 00 p m. Monday through Friday except otherwise indicated 1 Weekend Hours. Per Owner approval. 2. Hours for Work that may create noise levels above 90 decibels. 7 00 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 5 00 p m. to 6 p m. unless otherwise agreed to with Owner B Existing Utility Interruptions. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1 Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 1 8 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16- division format and the CSI /CSC 'Master Format' numbering system. 1 Section Identification. The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence, however the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract Documents. 2. Division 1 Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. B Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows. 1 Abbreviated Language. Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor Occasionally the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words 'shall 'shall be, or 'shall comply with, depending on the context, are implied where a colon is used within a sentence or phrase. SUMMARY 01100 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SUMMARY 01100 4 1.2 SUMMARY B Related Sections include the following. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1 Division 1 Section 'Product Requirements' for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award. 1 3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on Architect's Supplemental Instructions form included at end of Part 3 1 4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner Initiated Proposal Requests. Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1 Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 20 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to changes in activity duration start and finish times, and activity relationship Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 1 B Contractor Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. 1 Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made If requested furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3 Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4 Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5 Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to changes in activity duration start and finish times, and activity relationship Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6 Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Product Requirements' if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7 Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect for Proposal Requests. 1 5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on Architect's form included at end of Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01250 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 2 ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL. INSTRUCTIONS 41,4: DQe,tMENT c. (Instructions on reverse side) PROJECT (name. address) OWNER. DATE OF ISSUANCE. TO- .(Contractor) ARCHITECTS SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTION NO ARCHITECT CONTRACT FOR. ARCHITECTS PROJECT NO Owner 0 A chitcct 0 Consultant Cantractor J. Field Other CONTRACT DATED. The Work shall be.carried-out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions issued in ..accordance with the.Contract. Documents withou t change in Contract Sum or Contract Time Proceeding with the v..;Ork in accordance with these instructions indicates your .acknowledgement that there Will be.no..change in the Contract Surn or Contract Time. Description. .ttachments. (Here insert listing of Afoesimrnis tnal irt, description.) ISSUED BY Architect AIA CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution .printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT G710 ARCHITECTS SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS 1992 FIMT1ON A1A I992 THE AMERRAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, I735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW WASHINGTON, DC 2(XXX1-5209 WAR Oakwood PhotwoWITIE vick# US- eoPPight bye and vini =hied the ViOlOtOt to legal Of0Oacittialt• G710-1992 PROJECT (Name and-address): TO CONTRACTOR: Name and address): ADDRESS BY (Signature)' (Typed name) DATE A Contract Administration G701 Change Order (/nsttuctions on the reverse side) THE CONTRACT IS CHANGED;AS FOLLOWS* (Include: i,here °applicable. any undisputed amount attributable to previously executed Canstruct Directives)" The .original (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maxim'u'm Price) .vas The net:change by previously 'authorized:Change.Orders The Contract Sum),(Guaranteed`Maximum P..rice)eprior to •this Change Order as The (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum:Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order in the amount The new (Contract'Sum) (Gti including this Change Order mill be The Contract Time wile be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by days. The.date of Substantial Completion as of the date of•this.Change Order therefore is •NOTE: This Change Order does not include changes imtheContract Sum: Contract Trine or Guaranteed Maximiim. Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive until the cost•and time have.been agreed upon by both the O ?ner and Contractor, in which case a Change Order is executed to supersede the Construction, Change Directive. NOT VALID UNTIL SIGNED BY THE. ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR AND OWNER. ARCHITECT (Firm name) CONTRACTOR fir; ADDRESS ADDRESS. BY (Signature) (Typed name) DATE lame CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: DATE: ARCHITECT "S PROJECT NUMBER: CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACT FOR: OWNER (Firm name) BY (Signature) (Typed. name) 'DATE Distribution List: Owner Architect Contractor :Field Other CAUT9N, Yoti should_ ;ices are rigsna AIA Corvaet :h :s lexi aepoar= =r, RED An or Assures chang s :rill za: be o tared. AlA Document G701 Change aide &C 2001' The' American Institute" of Architects Washington, DC www.aia.org WARNIN4 Rsproduct:ars un icens d ehotecopying er substantiet quotation Of the material herein .witfrout viritten perrnission;of the AIR vio.ates the. copyright tac:s of the,United States and sviS sjbject the violator o tegai proaeeut1oa To reRort'copyright violations ot:AIA,Coritraot Documents. a mail The American Institute of Architects legal counsel. Of:Vighl @Qia.org. SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Contract Modification Procedures' for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1 4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination. Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1 Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b Submittals Schedule c. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1 Identification. Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values. a. Project name and location. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES b. Name of Architect. c. County's project number d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator e. Name of supplier f Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value. 1 5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3 Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. Include separate fine items under required principal subcontracts for operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and demonstration and training in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. 4 Round amounts to nearest whole dollar total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5 Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing, if required. 6 Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7 Allowances. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance Show line -item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9 Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor The period of construction Work, covered by each Application for Payment, is the period indicated in the Agreement. C Payment Application Times. Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect, prior to the last day of each calendar month The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. D Payment Application Forms. Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1 Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1 Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G Waivers of Mechanic's Lien With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application 1 Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application before deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3 Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4 Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application that is lawfully entitled to a lien 5 Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following 1 List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3 Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final) 4 Products list. 5 Schedule of unit prices. 6 Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final) 7 List of Contractor's staff assignments. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 3 8 Copies of building permits. 9 Initial progress report. 10 Report of pre construction conference 11 Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13 Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion. After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1 Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted including but not limited, to the following: 1 Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3 Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4 AIA Document G706 'Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. 5 AIA Document G706A, 'Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 6 AIA Document G707 'Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 7 Evidence that claims have been settled. 8 Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01290 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 4 MO NM MN MN MO MI OM MI am ANS MI 1•1111 MI Mit APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE .FOR PAYMENT N1'1. pm:LT n ,_nstru(Jims on revel. sitief Poi ON, 10 OWNFR )M•C,ONTL.Z'A;( TOR el 5 8 9 CONTRACTOR'S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Application Thal, for payment. as shown below, in ennnection with tht. (..011IXCI. (..)1)lilikla001 Sheet AIA Document G 70i is:attached 1 ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM 2 Net change by Change Orders CONTRACT 'sum TO DATE.(litte 1 t 2) TOTAL COMPLETED 84- STORED TO DATE (olymn ow( 703) RETAINAGE: .Conipleted \'1rk (Colunins.D .i. 1 oti b. "1 of Stored Material (Coln/MI 1! In al. Retainagc, (Line 5a t 5b or Total in Column 1 TOTAL EARNED LESS: .RETAINAGE. (Line 4, less. Line LESTREVIIJUP-tORTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT (line 6 front 1 (.ertilitate) CURRENT' PAYMENT DUE BALANCE TOFINISH, INCLUDING RETAINAGE leSs Line 6) cl 1 &NW ORDER SU MM-A ADDITIONS loutf..changes approved in previous,cnoinic by Orwr :10tal apprCived t.tii; Month TO! A I S• NE1 'CH ANC 0.S.1.)‘. Change Order 1)11..)11( 1 APP1,1C. ATION NO N:MOD. TO PROIN '1 NOS. Ile undersigneCfc..ontractnr certifies that-to-tilt. hest °idle glitractor slit'thwiedge iiitr Mation andbelief ale \X,c k covered by this 10 Payment ha completed. in accordance with ‘thc, Contract Dcicuments, that all amounts have been paid- by the .;ontractor for Work for whieti previotis Certificates tor :Payment were issued pay merits Teceived from the Owner and that current payme 1: shown belch) is now duc 01\11•RAc TOR. 13y .Datc S atc. of County Or Scibscribed ;incl to before roc this day of Notary Public Cominission expire ARCHITECT'S 'CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT AIA DOCUMENT 6702 VilicATION AN) (1111:tilt:Arr. t(it PAYMI•N 1 1`)9, 1,1)1 i ldA 9 riir ANINW AN IN;, !"0:1: 'EWE N A'A 1 .100 9 WAAi+iika: Unlicensed Photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violater Ao legal prosecution Dist rihut ion cO E..I owNER coNTRA(Tcw '14 in ac :Ordance with the tons and the data comprising this application tht, Architect certifies to tit( Owner that '10 •the hest of tlx Arch:act:1 knowledg,e informatiOn and-belief.the Work has progresSed itidtc..,ned the (main N of the ikorl, is in.accordanct, with Mt C..ontrac Documents, and the (A)lu ractor is cntiticd to payment of the A.NiOl'iNT AMOUNT CERTIFIEG, Maga> evidathatign:11 arnOunt certified' r.liflers frot?: the amount applied./or itiitiol Aretrt>s titi this ipplieattott:touLon Itte :oitii?Ote,tti)q. Sheet fly( ,are cban) ed 0 71)101 to the cjimiiitit c(rtified) A.1( By This Cert,fic tt.- t' not negotiable Ttle, kM01: 1 RI is payahle 10 tht COr tractor n rued hurein issuance payment :mil acceptant e. of payrncnt an. without pi—ludic( to u v .1-kattS of he Owncr.Or contractor .undet thiS Loin rat,t G702 CAOTION:-You shOuId-use-an original AIA document which has this caution printedirrked; An original assures:that changes wUIn�t be.obscured:as may occur when dotutheritsire:refireduced: CONTINUATION SHEET MA 00 C. U EN T 670:i linstruetions on reverse rsick.) ALA Document 6 1 02, APPLICATION AND ERTIFIC ATT FOR PM MFNT cony ContractOr's.signed. Certification, is attached. in .tabulation 5 beilOYe arnotints ark. stated 011ie nearest dollar (Isl. Column. 1 mt k;ontracrs- vher varia1ic retainage ;or line iiL -A ENI NO B I) f 1; 'W(1)tifc COMPLETED' f 1 p k IF VI 01:S: ATHA( kTION. 'I HIS 'PERIOD- BIPTI N Ot; WORK SCHEDL LEI) vALrE APPLIC. kTION N() APPLICATION :I)TE TER:10p apply AR(.1.11 IS. PRQiFt. r NO: MA1T RIALS RIS EN In. sTQR1L) (NM* IN D (!R F) ERTFAL tOMPLETED AND STOILL D TO DATE (L:' (D E ALA .DOCUMENT G703 LLiNTINL Al R)N l 11 tT FOR 1t 199: ATION. AIA AMER R AN INsT 11 TE 01 ARCIIITH., IS r V: YORK AVI;kt 'N* I 20060 A'2<12 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying lolates.U.S. copyright will subject the violator. to legal prosecution; 4)1 I'S Jul' A I: RFTAINAGE (IL! 'VARIABLE) P1 NIS11 KATE) 4L. G70-1992 CAUTION You should tree origin61 AA documeritWhiCh:hat this caution in red. An original assures that Changes.will not be obscured as may occur when.dOcurnents are reproduced. IIIIII MI MI 111111 MI IMO MB MI IMO 11111111 IMO MI MS MI MIN 1.2 SUMMARY C Related Sections include the following: 13 DEFINITIONS 14 COORDINATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including but not limited to the following 1 Coordination Drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3 Project meetings. 4 Requests for Interpretation (RFIs) B Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be assigned to a specific contractor 1 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3 Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for coordinating closeout of the Contract. A. RFI Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents. A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation connection, and operation. B Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation connection and operation. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance service, and repair 3 Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4 Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical C Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination Include such items as required notices reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1 Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. D Administrative Procedures. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include but are not limited to the following: 1 Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3 Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4 Delivery and processing of submittals. 5 Progress meetings. 6 Pre installation conferences. 7 Project closeout activities. 8 Startup and adjustment of systems. 9 Project closeout activities. E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy water and materials. 1 Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of but not actually incorporated into the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property 15 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings. Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. 1 Content: Project specific information drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b Indicate required installation sequences. c. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 2 1 7 PROJECT MEETINGS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to the Architect for resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 2. Sheet Size: At least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 3 Number of Copies. Submit two opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will return one copy a. Submit five copies where Coordination Drawings are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one copy' remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing 4 Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. B Key Personnel Names. Within 15 days of starting construction operations submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities, list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1 Post copies of list in Project meeting room in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone Keep list current at all times. 1 6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 1 Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1 Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3 Minutes. Record significant discussions and agreements achieved Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting B Pre construction Conference Schedule a pre- construction conference before starting construction at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1 Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b Phasing c. Critical work sequencing and Tong -lead items d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f Procedures for RFIs. g. Procedures for testing and inspecting h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. Distribution of the Contract Documents. j. Submittal procedures. k. Preparation of Record Documents. I. Use of the premises m. Work restrictions n. Owner's occupancy requirements. o Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls p. Construction waste management and recycling. q. Parking availability r Office, work, and storage areas. s. Equipment deliveries and priorities. t. First aid. u. Security v Progress cleaning. w Working hours. 3. Minutes. Record and distribute meeting minutes. C Pre installation Conferences Conduct a pre installation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1 Attendees. Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda. Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following a. The Contract Documents. b Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. I. Manufacturer's written recommendations m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 q. Space and access limitations. r Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. I t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v Required performance results. I w Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel I 3 Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4 Reporting Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. I 5 Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at bi- weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 1 Attendees. In addition to representatives of Owner each contractor subcontractor supplier and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude 2. matters relating to the Work. Agenda. Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule or behind schedule in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. 1 b Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off -site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) RFIs. 16) Status of proposal requests. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 5 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3 Minutes. Record the meeting minutes. 4 Reporting Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. a. Schedule Updating Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting 1 8 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A. Procedure Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified 1 RFIs shall originate with Contractor RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B Content of the RFI Include a detailed legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1 Project name. 2. Date. 3 Name of Contractor 4 Name of Architect. 5 RFI number numbered sequentially 6 Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, 7 Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate 8 Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9 Contractor's suggested solution(s) If Contractor's solution(s) impact the or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI 10 Contractor's signature. 11 Attachments: Include drawings descriptions, measurements, photos, Shop Drawings and other information necessary to fully describe interpretation. D Software Generated RFIs. Sample Form at End of this Section. a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include thickness structural grid references, and details of affected materials, and attachments. C Hard -Copy RFIs. Hard -Copy RFIs are not allowed. as appropriate. Contract Time Product Data, items needing dimensions, assemblies, 1 Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number 2. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. 3 All RFIs are to be submitted electronically via email. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 6 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES E. Architect's Action. Architect will review each RFI determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Architects response for each RFI RFIs received after 1 p m. will be considered as received the following working day 1 The following RFIs will be returned without action a. Requests for approval of submittals. b Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information in which case Architects time for response will start again. 3 Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section 'Contract Modification Procedures. a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. F On receipt of Architect's action update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. G RFI Log Prepare maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number Submit log weekly Software log with not less than the following 1 Project name 2. Name and address of Contractor 3 Name and address of Architect. 4 RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5 RFI description. 6 Date the RFI was submitted. 7 Date Architect's response was received. 8 Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9 Identification of related Field Order Work Change Directive and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 7 PROJECT Clallam County Jail Upgrades CONTRACTOR: DOCUMENT REFERENCE. DESCRIPTION REQUEST REPLY CONTRACTOR NAME CONTRACTOR ADDRESS REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION RFI NO DATE. REPLY REQUIRED BY SIGNED SIGNED DATE. SECTION 01315 ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for electronic media on the Project including but not limited to the following. 1 Use of electronic communications. 2. Electronic media. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 3 USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS A. Provide for electronic communications with the Architect utilizing computer hardware and soft- ware as approved by the Architect, including the following: 1 Word Processing: Microsoft Word (Latest Version) (MS Word) 2. Spread Sheets Microsoft Excel (MS Excel). 3 E -Mail: Any standard service provider offering transmittal of E -Mail messages and MS Word, MS Excel, txt, bmp of pic, and similar files as attachments. 4 Computer Aided Design (CAD) If used by the Contractor the software must, in some conventionally manageable way be compatible with AutoCad V2002. B Unless otherwise provided for communications between the Contractor and the Architect should utilize electronic communications for the following 1 Request for Interpretation (RFI) 2. Modification Proposal Request. 3 Submittals. 4 Other as directed. 1 4 ELECTRONIC MEDIA A. Standard forms. Standard forms required by the Contract Documents will be provided in elec tronic media to the Contractor B Construction Documents (Specifications and Drawings) 1 All requests for copies of the Construction Documents will be made through the Contrac- tor requests by subcontractors or vendors will not be acknowledged The Contractor will be responsible for the distribution of electronic media to the Contractor's subcontractors and suppliers. ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS 01315 1 2. Copies of the Construction Documents will be made available to the Contractor subject to the following: PART 2 PRODUCTS a. Release. The Contractor will sign and return to the Architect, the Electronic Media Release Form included as part of this Section, and will reimburse the Architect the designated fee before any electronic media is released. b. Documents are AutoCad Version 2002 and will not be modified by the Architect for Contractor's use. 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Electronic record drawings for all disciplines, except where specifically required in specifications (i.e. Control Systems, Fire Protection Systems, etc.) are to be completed by Contractor from Contractor's redline as -built drawings. Contractor is required to complete both as- built, and record drawings as defined in Section 01770 `Closeout Procedures PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01315 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES ELECTRONIC MEDIA PROVISIONS 01315 2 ELECTRONIC MEDIA RELEASE This release for electronic media is dated the between the Contractor and Beaman Architecture, Ltd. It is understood that the Contractor has requested that Beaman Architecture, Ltd. supply to the Contractor electronic media containing information on the Clallam County Jail Upgrades (hereinafter referred to as the Project) for use by the Contractor or others as the Contractor deems appropriate Therefore, the Contractor and Beaman Architecture, Ltd. agree as follows The electronic files provided to the Contractor by Beaman Architecture, Ltd for the Project may be used by the Contractor for the processing of submittals for the Project. If the Contractor chooses to use or alter in any way in whole or in part, the electronic files provided for the Project, the Contractor agrees that such use shall be without liability or legal exposure to Beaman Architecture Ltd. Because information and data provided electronically may be altered, whether inadvertently or otherwise, the electronic files are provided solely as a convenience to the Contractor by Beaman Architecture, Ltd. and shall NOT be considered Drawings of Record' or as 'Construction Documents. All documents considered 'Drawings of Record' or 'Construction Documents shall be HARDCOPY and shall be accompanied by a professional's stamp and signature. The HARDCOPY shall be referred to and shall govern in the event of any inconsistency between the HARDCOPY and the information provided electronically All identification (such as logo, surveyor's seal, etc.) reflecting the involvement of Beaman Architecture, Ltd in their preparation shall be removed from the electronic data. The Contractor is advised to check all electronic media for computer viruses before loading the files. The Contractor is fully responsible for intercepting and disabling viruses, if any that may be inadvertently transmitted with the electronic files and hereby agrees, to indemnify and hold Beaman Architecture, Ltd. harmless, from and against all claims, of any type or nature asserted by the Contractor or any party as a result of viruses inadvertently transmitted with the electronic files. Files distributed electronically are subject to data erosion, erasure, alteration and /or systems and software become obsolete in time. By accepting these electronic files, the Contractor acknowledges these risks and agrees to waive all claims against Beaman Architecture Ltd. should erosion, erasure and or alteration of these electronic files occurs. Signed: Signed: Beaman Architecture, Ltd. Title. Company Date. Title: Job No Date. ELECTRONIC MEDIA RELEASE 01315 (FORM) SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1 Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3 Submittals Schedule 4 Construction reports. 5 Field condition reports. 6 Special reports B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for submitting schedules and reports 4 Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 13 DEFINITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Activity A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning scheduling, monitoring and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1 Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3 Successor Activity' An activity that follows another activity in the network. B Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by Architect. C CPM Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3 Submittal category (action or informational) 4 Name of subcontractor 5 Description of the Work covered. 6 Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. C Preliminary Construction Schedule Submit two opaque copies. 1 1 1 1 1 1 D Critical Path. The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity F Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity 1 Float time belongs to Owner 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity 3 Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element. I. Milestone. A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement. J Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity relationships. K. Resource Loading The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. B Submittals Schedule. Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1 Approval of cost loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of Schedule of Values for cost loaded activities. D Contractor's Construction Schedule. Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period 1 Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD -R, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. E. Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Field Condition Reports. Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. G Special Reports. Submit two copies at time of unusual event. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architects request. 16 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1 Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule Include time required for review re- submittal ordering manufacturing, fabrication and delivery when establishing dates 1 Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar -chart schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead -time for manufacture or fabrication. a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule instead of tabulating them separately 3 Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL A. Procedures. Comply with procedures contained in the AGC 'Construction Planning Scheduling. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Time Frame Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed, to date of Final Completion. 1 Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date unless specifically authorized by Change Order C Activities. Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following. 1 Activity Duration Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities. Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule Procurement cycle activities include but are not limited to submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery 3 Submittal Review Time. Include review and re- submittal times indicated in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4 Startup and Testing Time Include not less than 21 days for startup and testing. 5 Substantial Completion. Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. D Constraints. Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1 Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3 Work by Owner Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner 4 Products Ordered in Advance. Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section 'Summary Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5 Owner- Furnished Products. Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section 'Summary Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6 Work Restrictions. Show the effect of the following items on the schedule. a. Coordination with existing construction. b Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 7 Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to the following: a. Subcontract awards. b Submittals. c. Purchases d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f Sample testing. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 4 g. Deliveries. h. Installation. Tests and inspections j. Adjusting. k. Curing. I. Startup and placement into final use and operation 8 Area Separations. Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b Permanent space enclosure c. Completion of mechanical installation. d. Completion of electrical installation e. Substantial Completion. E. Milestones. Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule including, but not limited to the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion F Contract Modifications. For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission prepare a time impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. G. Computer Software. Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1 Microsoft Project. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule. Submit preliminary horizontal bar chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B Preparation Indicate each significant construction activity separately Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line Outline significant construction activities for first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities 2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, time scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1 Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 2. Use 'one workday' as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule. B CPM Schedule Preparation. Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 5 2.5 REPORTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Activities. Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery e. Fabrication. f Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Testing. 2. Critical Path Activities Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates 3 Processing Process data to produce output data on a computer- drawn, time scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4 Format: Mark the critical path Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. C Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1 Identification of activities that have changed 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3 Changes in early and late finish dates. 4 Changes in activity durations in workdays 5 Changes in the critical path 6 Changes in total float or slack time. 7 Changes in the Contract Time. A. Construction Reports: Prepare a weekly construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site 1 List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3 Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4 Equipment at Project site. 5 Material deliveries. 6 High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 7 Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9 Unusual events (refer to special reports) 10 Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11 Emergency procedures. 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13 Change Orders received and implemented. 14 Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 15 Services connected and disconnected. 16 Equipment or system tests and startups. 17 Partial Completions and occupancies. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 6 18 Substantial Completions authorized. 2.6 SPECIAL REPORTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for interpretation. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. A. General Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B Reporting Unusual Events When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation and reporting using CPM scheduling. 1 In -House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings. Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact. B Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting 1 Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including but not limited to changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity C Distribution. Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility 1 Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 7 END OF SECTION 01320 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 8 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings. 3 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for submitting schedules and reports including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 4 Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for submitting test and inspection reports and for mockup requirements. 5 Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting warranties, Project Record Documents and maintenance manuals. 6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals. Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1 4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by the Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. Contractor is to reimburse Architect for all costs associated with handling, processing, delivery etc. of Contractor's request. B Coordination. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1 Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing testing, delivery other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Submittals Schedule. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. D Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review including time for re- submittals, as follows Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1 Initial Review Allow 5 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Concurrent Review Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants Owner or other parties is required, allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal 3 Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor 4 Concurrent Consultant Review Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor 5 If intermediate submittal is necessary process it in the same manner as initial submittal 6 Allow 15 days for processing each re- submittal. 7 No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. E. Identification Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1 Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3 Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name b Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor e. Name and address of subcontractor f Name and address of supplier g. Name of manufacturer h. Unique identifier including revision number Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed as appropriate. Other necessary identification F Deviations. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor 1 Transmittal Form. Use facsimile of sample form at end of Section. 2. Include the following information. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To d. Source (From.) e Names of subcontractor manufacturer and supplier f Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate j. Submittal and transmittal distribution record k. Remarks. Signature of transmitter H Distribution Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers and authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating 'action' taken by Architect in connection with construction. 1 5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the conditions listed in Section 01315 and 1 4.A. A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1 Number of Copies. Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows, unless otherwise indicated a. Initial Submittal Submit a preliminary single copy of each submittal where selection of options, color pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is required Architect will return submittal with options selected. b Final Submittal. Submit three copies, unless copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals Architect will retain one copy' remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. B Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1 If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 Include the following information, as applicable. a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b Manufacturer's product specifications c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f Wiring diagrams showing factory- installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards m. Application of testing agency labels and seals n. Notation of coordination requirements. C Shop Drawings. Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1 Preparation. Include the following information, as applicable. a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field- installed wiring including power signal, and control wiring f Shop -work manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. Design calculations. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o Wiring Diagrams. Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field- installed wiring 2. Sheet Size. Except for templates, patterns, and similar full -size drawings submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 3 Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows. a. Initial Submittal: Submit two blue- or black -line prints. Architect will return one print. b. Final Submittal: Submit three black -line prints unless prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five prints where prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one print; remainder will be returned Mark up and retain one returned print as a Project Record Drawing. D Coordination Drawings. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination. E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements' for mockups. 2. Samples for Initial Selection. Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 3 Samples for Verification. Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected Samples include, but are not limited to the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively used materials, swatches showing color texture, and pattern; color range sets and components used for independent testing and inspection. 4 Preparation Mount, display or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer c. Sample source 5. Additional Information. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead provide the following a. Size limitations. b Compliance with recognized standards. c. Availability d. Delivery time 6 Submit Samples for review of kind color pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed a. If variation in color pattern texture or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations. b Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship fabrication techniques, details of assembly connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 7 Number of Samples for Initial Selection. Submit one full set of available choices where color pattern, texture, or similar characteristics, are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 8 Number of Samples for Verification Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample set; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship fabrication techniques connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 9 Disposition. Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property are the property of Contractor SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 5 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form. 1 Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3 Location within room or space. G Contractor's Construction Schedule. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for Construction Manager's action. H. Submittals Schedule Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures J Schedule of Values Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures. K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use form at end of Section. 1 Number of Copies. Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will retum two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections 1 Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications. Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of Contractor testing agency or design professional responsible for preparing certification Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company 3 Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements. B Contractor's Construction Schedule Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation. C Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 6 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. F Manufacturer Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required G Product Certificates. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. Material Test Reports. Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. J Product Test Reports. Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency K. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section L. Manufacturer's Instructions. Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name address, and telephone number of manufacturer Include the following, as applicable. 1 Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4 Required installation tolerances. 5 Required adjustments. 6 Recommendations for cleaning and protection. M Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory- authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable. 1 Name, address, and telephone number of factory- authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3 Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4 Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5 Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6 Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty 7 Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. N. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any and term of the coverage. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES O Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's) Submit information directly to Owner If submitted to Architect, Architect will not review this information and will return it with no action taken. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B Approval Stamp Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp Include Project name and location, submittal number Specification Section title and number name of reviewer date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action B Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken as follows. NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED IMPLEMENT EXCEPTIONS NOTED REVISE AND RESUBMIT REJECTED This conditional review is limited in scope and not detailed and is only for conformance with design concept and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming quantities, verifying dimensions, selecting fabrication procedures, construction techniques, coordinating and safely performing the Work. The Architect has not reviewed and is not responsible for substitutions to or deviations from the Contract Documents not clearly noted by the Contractor and specifically accepted by the Architect in writing or by the Architect's issuance of a Field Order By Date BEAMAN ARCHITECTURE, LTD C Informational Submittals. Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party D Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non responsive, and will be returned without review SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 8 E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330 CLALLAN COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 9 PROJECT (Natrio.and'addre0, TO (Name and address). FRPIVI,(Naine 4.1d 4ddress): Contract AdminiStration a810 Transmittai. Letter '!nsiwctinnsoa theyeverse side) IATTRANSOT 4 Attached .j Under separate cover VIA. 4 Overnight delivery J Mail j E7mail. FOR: .4: Appkival Action J Informatioh :1! Ose'as requested J 66inient- :Di§tribiiiign J Other THE FOLLOWING: J Drawinp: ......17 4 Digital files NO :0 COPIES DATE FORMAT OESCRNITION REMARKS: COPIES-TO' J Coiirier Submittals 4.0ther j Fax j ,AtAboduinens G810 Trapsrriiitaiterter 2001 The American institute of k6hite6 is wasoirgtem:pc viv.kv.aia.nr0 WARNING :9eproductton; wiliaensed photocopying ei SubStential quotatien of the inateriat herein without iriiritten Of the the copyright 1*th of 'he United States and 'Will subject the 4iolatot' to 1601 copyiight viol4tons of A1A Contract Decwhentg. 6-4riei, The American instittite f Ajohitedts. ■egp!.1.6ouhsel. c9P09tlf,?ai4c7ra' Contract Administration Page ot 1 G805 List of Subcontractors Date: (instructions on the reverse side) 111 a 1 -FROM: 1COntrabtor): 03040,t (Warne ann. adni TO pArcniteq1): AFICHITECT'S•PRPEPT_Nputp• Coki (Listiiiicontraciqrs.ang ofbet:s iToposd ernp(Oked:Op .1* ttm:-triOddoCuti*#),- Work/Firm NOe. IkOgieW1 up_erintemjeME 1 AIX 0.idumant at SubbdivracteA© 2001 ttle-Aniericaninsti*.Ot Architects lk*hingtoer: DC vivoy.?ia.org WARNINp:AeptOductiOO, unifoeffsed photocopying or subsfAtial quotation of the material herein without written lierifisOofi. of the Aiki/161MOi the copyright laws of tfielfaifOd nc ubjpct'fhfr-iiidtdt,Or to iegai'pii*ectrifort To ePort.qoPifight vioIaions of AIA C ontract Documents e-rnat The ArnefidOn:thstilute, of ega oo6ri§el: op001.4.ht (c SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1 Specific quality- assurance and control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements 3 Requirements for Contractor to provide quality- assurance and control services required by Architect, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Construction Progress Documentation' for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements 13 DEFINITIONS A. Quality- Assurance Services. Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B Quality- Control Services Tests, inspections, procedures and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C Pre construction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. E. Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i e. plant, mill, factory or shop F Field Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G Testing Agency An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency H Installer /Applicator /Erector Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee Subcontractor or Sub subcontractor to perform a particular construction operation including installation erection, application and similar operations. 1 Using a term such as 'carpentry' does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name Experienced: When used with an entity 'experienced' means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1 4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements B Installer Qualifications. A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting or assembling work similar in material design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. C Manufacturer Qualifications. A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Fabricator Qualifications. A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications. A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design and extent. F Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1 Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. G Testing Agency Qualifications. An NRTL, an NVLAP or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1 NRTL. A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910 7 2. NVLAP A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Factory- Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1 Contractor responsibilities include the following. a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups, do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities. Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 3 1 6 QUALITY CONTROL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Owner Responsibilities. Where quality- control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1 Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3 Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order B Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality- control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality- control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 1 Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality- control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner unless agreed to in writing by Owner 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3 Where quality- control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality- control service. 4 Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility 5 Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures. D Retesting /Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility provide quality control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1 Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in -situ tests are conducted. 3 Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4 Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service through Contractor QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 5 Do not release, revoke, alter or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6 Do not perform any duties of Contractor F Associated Services. Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1 Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3 Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4 Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5 Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6 Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency 7 Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G Coordination. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1 Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples and similar activities. H Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1 Distribution. Distribute schedule to Owner Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1 7 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner and as follows 1 Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3 Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service to the Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4 Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5 Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6 Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 5 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1 Date test or inspection was conducted 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3 Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4 Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B Maintain log at Project site Post changes and modifications as they occur Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours 3 2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General On completion of testing inspecting sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1 Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching. B Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities. C Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality control services. END OF SECTION 01400 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 6 SECTION 01420 REFERENCES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General. Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B Approved' When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests 'approved' is limited to Architects duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C 'Directed' A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including 'requested, 'authorized 'selected, 'approved 'required, and 'permitted' have the same meaning as 'directed. D 'Indicated' Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including 'shown 'noted 'scheduled, and 'specified' have the same meaning as 'indicated. E. 'Regulations' Laws ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction and rules, conventions and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F 'Furnish' Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly installation, and similar operations. G 'Install' Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling erecting placing, anchoring applying working to dimension finishing curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations. H. 'Provide Furnish and install complete and ready for the intended use. I 'Project Site Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference REFERENCES 01420 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C Copies of Standards Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1 Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity obtain copies directly from publication source. D Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www access board.gov FED -STD Federal Standard (See FS) NES (Formerly National Evaluation Service) (See ICC -ES) UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872 -2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272 -0080 www access- board.gov 1 4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS (800) 872 -2253 (202) 272 -0080 A. Industry Organizations. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862 -5100 www aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241 7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737 -0202 www aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303 -5664 www aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624 -5800 Transportation Officials www transportation.org REFERENCES 01420 2 111 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549 -8141 www aatcc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848 -3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506 -7216 www concrete- pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257 -2530 www aeic.org AF &PA American Forest Paper Association (800) 878 -8878 www afandpa.org (202) 463 -2700 AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548 -3118 www.agc.org Al Asphalt Institute (859) 288 -4960 www asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242 -3837 www aia.org (202) 626 -7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644 -2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670 -2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452 7100 www steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792 -9559 www.aitc glulam.org ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972 1700 www alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394 -0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293 -8020 www ansi.org APA APA The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565 -6600 www apawood.org ARI Air Conditioning Refrigeration Institute (703) 524 -8800 www.ari.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548 -2723 www asce.org (703) 295 -6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and (800) 527 -4723 Air Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636 -8400 REFERENCES 01420 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES ASME ASME International (800) 843 -2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591 -7722 www asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835 -3040 www asse- plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832 -9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www astm org AWCI AWCI International (703) 534 -8300 (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International) www awci.org AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449 -8811 www awinet.org (703) 733 -0600 AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association (334) 874 -9800 www awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443 -9353 www aws.org (305) 443 -9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926 -7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794 -7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297 2122 www buildershardware.com CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637 -1312 www carpetcushion.org w3 pwgsc.gc.ca /cgsb (819) 956 -0425 CISCA Ceilings Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584 -1919 www cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892 -0137 www cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596 -2583 www chainlinkinfo.org CRI Carpet Rug Institute (The) (800) 882 -8846 www carpet rug.com (706) 278 -3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517 1200 www crsi.org CSA CSA International (800) 463 -6727 (Formerly IAS International Approval Services) (416) 747 -4000 www csa- intemational.org REFERENCES 01420 4 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689 -2900 www csinet.org (703) 684 -0300 CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583 -4087 (Formerly Cooling Tower Institute) www cti org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222 2010 www dhi org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907 -7500 www eia.org EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (800) 548 -2723 www asce org (703) 295 -6300 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332 -0040 www ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339 -6937 www esda.org FM Factory Mutual System (Now FMG) FMG FM Global (401) 275 -3000 (Formerly FM Factory Mutual System) www fmglobal.com GA Gypsum Association (202) 289 -5440 www gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271 -0208 www glasswebsite.com GRI (Now GSI) GS Green Seal (202) 872 -6400 www greenseal org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522 -8440 www geosynthetic- institute org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood Veneer Association (703) 435 -2900 www hpva.org HPW H. P White Laboratory Inc. (410) 838 -6550 www hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) REFERENCES 01420 5 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830 -0369 www icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827 -0830 www icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419 -7900 www ieee org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248 -5000 www iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The) (613) 233 -1510 www igmaonline org ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www iso ch ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (702) 567 -8150 www issfa.net ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www itu.int/home LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488 -6864 www lightning org (847) 577 -7200 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241 -7333 www mbma.com MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644 -6610 www metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345 -1815 www mhia.org (704) 676 -1190 MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674 -8937 www paintinfo com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281 -6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www mss hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332 -0405 REFERENCES 01420 6 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 www naamm.org NACE NACE International (281) 228 -6200 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) www nace org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737 2926 www nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The) (703) 684 -0084 www naima.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713 -1900 www ncma.org NCTA National Cable Telecommunications Association (202) 775 -3550 www ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977 3698 www nebb org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657 3110 www necanet.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841 3200 www nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (303) 697 -8441 www netaworld.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344 -3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770 -3000 www nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589 -1776 www nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703) 442 -4890 www glass.org NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933 -0318 www natlhardwood.org (901) 377 1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524 -2393 www nlga.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323 -9545 www nrca.net (847) 299 -9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846 -7622 www nrmca.org (301) 587 1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673 -6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769 -8010 www nsf org 1 REFERENCES 01420 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES NSSGA National Stone, Sand Gravel Association (800) 342 1415 www nssga.org (703) 525 -8788 OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (800) 966 -5253 www opl.com (210) 635 -8100 PDCA Painting Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332 7322 www pdca.com (314) 514 -7322 PDI Plumbing Drainage Institute (800) 589 -8956 www pdionline.org (978) 557 -0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333 -3929 http: /pgi -tp ce.uiuc.edu RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644 -2400 www boltcouncil.org (312) 670 -2400 RFC! Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340 -8580 www rfci.com SAE SAE International (724) 776 -4841 www sae.org SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462 -1930 www sdi org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899 -0010 www steeldoor org SEI Structural Engineering Institute (800) 548 -2723 www seinstitute.com (703) 295 -6195 SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683 -2075 www siaonline.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626 -1995 www steeljoist.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (703) 803 -2980 www smacna.org SPRI SPRI (781) 647 -7026 (Single Ply Roofing Institute) www.spri org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982 -0355 www ssina.com (202) 342 -8630 SSPC SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281 -7772 REFERENCES 01420 8 www sspc.org TMS The Masonry Society www masonrysociety org CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SWI Steel Window Institute www steelwindows com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing Restoration Institute www swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. www tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic Industries Alliance www tiaonline.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. www ul.com UNI Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association www uni -bell org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association www wastec.org WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau www wclib org WMMPA Wood Molding Millwork Producers Association www wmmpa.com WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association www wsrca.com WWPA Western Wood Products Association www wwpa.org BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials www iapmo org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) (412) 281 2331 (216) 241 7333 (816) 472 7974 (864) 646 -8453 (703) 907 7700 (303) 939 -9700 (800) 285 -4476 (847) 272 -8800 (972) 243 -3902 (800) 424 -2869 (202) 244 -4700 (800) 283 -1486 (503) 639 -0651 (800) 550 -7889 (530) 661 -9591 (800) 725 -0333 (650) 548 -0112 (503) 224 -3930 B Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. (909) 472 -4100 REFERENCES 01420 9 ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC -ES) ICC International Code Council (Formerly CABO Council of American Building Officials) www iccsafe.org ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. www icc- es.org CE Army Corps of Engineers www usace army mil CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES (703) 931 -4533 (800) 423 -6587 (562) 699 -0543 C Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web -site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638 -2772 www cpsc.gov (301) 504 -6816 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482 -2000 www commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697 -6257 www dodssp daps.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586 -9220 www eren doe gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272 -0167 www epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (202) 366 -4000 www faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225 -5322 www fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463 -6332 www fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488 -3111 www gsa.gov (202) 501 1888 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www Ibl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www nist.gov (202) 708 -1112 (510) 486 -4000 (301) 975-6478 REFERENCES 01420 10 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration (800) 321 -6742 www osha.gov (202) 693 -1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690 -7694 http. /phs.os.dhhs gov RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720 -9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647 -4000 www state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334 -2934 www nas.edu /trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720 -2791 www usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268 -2000 www usps.com PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES REFERENCES 01420 11 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Summary' for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions. 2. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 3 Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning requirements. 4 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1 3 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B Water Service. Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C Electric Power Service. Electric power from Owner's existing system is partially available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. For work outside of juvenile facility or for welding, Contractor is to provide electric generator as required. 14 SUBMITTALS 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Site Plan Show temporary facilities staging areas and parking areas for construction personnel. A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10 6 the NECA 'Temporary Electrical Facilities, and NFPA 241 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -1 1 Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities. Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Visqueen. 6 -mil, clear taped in place to prevent spread of dust and fumes to occupied areas and to protect existing floor finishes to remain. B Plywood wood framed acoustically insulated security barriers with lockable doors. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices: Contractor to coordinate location and amenities required with Owner for a suitable area to be used as office and meeting space. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Water Service. Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. 1 Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. B Sanitary Facilities. Provide drinking water for use of construction personnel. 1 Toilets. Use of Owner's existing toilet and wash facilities will not be permitted Contractor to provide toilet and wash facilities acceptable to jurisdiction. C Heating and Cooling: Use of Owner's heating and cooling system will be permitted. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Ventilation and Humidity Control Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. E. Electric Power Service. Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner except for exterior work or for welding. F Electric Power Distribution. Provide electric power distribution system of sufficient size, capacity and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1 Install electric power distribution overhead unless otherwise indicated 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner G Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations and inspections as required. H. Telephone Service Provide superintendent with cellular telephone for Project use. Electronic Communication Service. Provide temporary electronic communication service including electronic mail. 3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel as coordinated with Owner B Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations Do not use Owner's on -site waste collection containers Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning requirements. C Lifts and Hoists. Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel D No smoking is allowed on Owner's property except in designated locations. 3 3 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B Maintenance. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. C Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or if necessary restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1 Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. END OF SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 01566 PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This procedure governs Contractor requirements and actions when at the Clallam County Jail within jail areas. Compliance with the requirements set forth herein is a contract requirement, and additional compensation for same, will not be allowed. Sub sections Included in this Procedure. 1 Definitions. 2. Application 3 Work Hours 4 Personnel. 5 Institutional Orientation. 6 Identification Badges. 7 Association with Offenders. 8. Emergencies. 9 Searches and Contraband. 10 Access to Site. 11 Material and Equipment. 12. Use of Radios. 13 Clothing 14 Utility Outages and Interruptions. 15 Conduct. 16 Staff Escorts. 17 Miscellaneous. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Personnel: Any individual person, employed directly or indirectly by the Contractor to perform work or provide services in connection with the work of this Contract. B Employee. For purposes of this Section an employee is any person, employed directly or indirectly by the Contractor to perform work or provide services in connection with the work of this Contract. C Owner Clallam County D Jail Manager Clallam County staff member in charge of monitoring and the liaison with contractor activities. E. Institutional Holidays PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 1 1 New Years Day 2. Martin Luther King Jr Birthda 3 Presidents' Day 4 Memorial Day 5 Independence Day 6 Labor Day 7 Veteran s Day 8 Thanksgiving Day 9 The day after Thanksgiving 10 Christmas Day F Offender Occupied Portions of the Site. 1 G Secure Perimeter Walls within the building defined by sallyports. H Construction Site. Areas within the Jail and adjacent site areas on Clallam County property 14 APPLICATION A. Construction will occur on Clallam County property B The requirements of this Section apply to all construction personnel who enter onto jail property All construction personnel shall be aware of their legal limitations and responsibilities as on -site construction workers. C The Owner will issue identification badges to all construction employees who pass the required background screening and successfully complete orientation. The badge will be worn on the outer clothing and in plain view at all times. The loss or theft of an identification badge will be reported to the Jail Manager immediately upon discovery D All contractors and their employees will inform the institution of any family members or friends known or believed to be incarcerated at Clallam County Jail (CCJ) 1 5 WORK HOURS A. Perform work only during Normal Work Hours, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative. Normal Work Hours are defined as 7 a.m. to 4 00 p m Monday through Friday excluding Institutional Holidays. B All requests for escort officer overtime will come through the onsite general contractor's superintendent to the Jail Manager a minimum of 72 -hours in advance of the requested time. C All County- incurred costs for staff time to cover Contractor's non normal work hours shall be borne by the Contractor This cost will be a minimum of $60 00 per hour per officer with one officer required per construction area. 16 PERSONNEL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES Adjacent housing pods within secure perimeter January 1 y Third Monday in January Third Monday in February Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September November 11 or preceding Friday if falls on a weekend Fourth Thursday in November Fourth Friday in November December 25 A. Only construction personnel approved by the Jail Manager will be permitted on site. PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Screening process will be completed for all construction personnel proposed for assignment at CCJ prior to the actual start of their employment. For each prospective employee, the contractor will provide the Owner with the following completed and signed forms. 1 Authorization to Release Information. 2. Application for Contractor /Construction Identification Badge 3 Applicant Criminal Conviction Disclosure Form (DOC 3 -31 (X) C The information provided will be used to conduct a background investigation on each proposed employee. Persons with a criminal record may be denied access to the institution. Access denials are absolute and are not appealable. The institution will divulge the reason(s) for a denial only to the employer D Furnish to the Jail Manager a directory of all worksite and emergency contact telephone numbers for the Contractor and all subcontractors. 1 7 INSTITUTIONAL ORIENTATION A. An institution, orientation for all contractors /construction personnel shall be given by CCJ personnel. This is a mandatory requirement for all contractors /construction personnel no matter how limited their time on site for construction will occur Orientation is approximately two hours long. 'Form of Acknowledgment, Construction Worker Rules' must be signed following the institution s orientation acknowledging his /her attendance and their understanding of the material presented. B Contractors /construction personnel shall submit, 72 hours in advance, to the institution personnel the names, dates of birth and Social Security Numbers so that the institution can do a criminal history check on each individual proposed for work a the site prior to orientation. Any personnel having an outstanding warrant or past behaviors that concern the institution shall not be authorized to work on site. Final decision on these issues resides with the Jail Manager and is not negotiable with contractors or construction personnel. 1 8 IDENTIFICATION BADGES A. Owner will issue contractors and construction personnel identification badges. Contractors and their personnel must wear their identification badges at all times while on the grounds of CCJ 1 9 ASSOCIATION WITH OFFENDERS A. Workers may be working in the vicinity of offenders but should not associate with offenders or their families. Favors to offenders are strictly prohibited Any attempt by an offender to secure a favor shall be reported to the Jail Manager's Office immediately 110 EMERGENCIES A. In the event of any emergency including an offender disturbance or escape, contractors and construction staff shall take the following actions: 1 Report any emergency by dialing 911 (if telephone is available) or report the emergency to the nearest CCJ employee PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 3 2. Follow instruction of CCJ staff Instruction will be given to ensure your safety and the effective evacuation of all non custody staff 3. Seek help from uniformed CCJ staff 4 Avoid direct involvement in offender disturbance and remove self from danger if possible. 5 If in control or a room, door or gate, secure it. Do not permit access or egress for any offender 6 In accordance with CCJ field instruction and division of jails directives, if a hostage is taken by offender and used in an escape attempt, orders given under duress by a hostage, regardless of rank, are invalid. 7 In the event of a fire or imminent danger from hazardous materials, warn others in the immediate area and report the emergency to the nearest CCJ employee immediately 8 In the event of a medical emergency give first aid if possible and notify the nearest CCJ employee 1 11 SEARCHES AND CONTRABAND A. In accordance with State provisions, Contractor Vendor and /or Facility Visitor Search, any persons entering are subject to search. All boxes, books, purses, packages, briefcases and other items may be inspected before being permitted to the institution. B The introduction of contraband into Clallam County Jail is punishable under the law and violators will be prosecuted. Contraband is defined as any item, which is not specifically authorized. In general it is something that may affect the custody security control discipline safety sanitation, morale, or attitude of the offenders. Examples of contraband include. narcotics, drugs, tobacco products, unauthorized medication, alcohol, weapons, cash money in excessive amounts, and explosives. Any construction worker found in possession of contraband will be subject to the procedures described in State provisions, Contractor Vendor and /or Facility Visitor Search. C The use of cameras or recording equipment is allowed only under special circumstances and requires prior approval of the Jail Manager Photographing of offenders is prohibited under all circumstances. 1 12 ACCESS TO SITE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Contractor may access the offender occupied portions of the site only through the designated security checkpoints. B Security checkpoints will be the Vehicle Sallyport, unless otherwise directed by the Jail Manager C Security Escorts: One or more jail staff may be assigned as Security Escorts for vehicles and employees entering offender occupied portions of the site. D Construction Personnel: 1 Minimize the movement of construction personnel through security checkpoints. Personnel shall remain at the work site, to the extent possible, for the entire duration of their scheduled work hours. 2. Construction personnel entering or leaving the offender occupied portions of the site may be checked by jail staff for proper identification. Construction personnel without proper identification will be refused entry and may be detained. PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 4 E. Construction Vehicles. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 No vehicles shall be authorized to enter the institution without specific permission of the Jail Manager The only vehicles authorized to enter the facility are ones that are directly related to and required for construction. Other parking sites on CCJ grounds will be designated as needed by the Jail Manager 2. To minimize processing time through all Vehicle Sallyports, Contractor shall furnish a list and description of vehicles that will be approved for routine entry through the construction Sallyport. a. Information shall include license plate number vehicle identification number color make, model, year and body type b Representative may require up to 72 hours written notice for approval of vehicles that have not been previously approved by Jail Manager 3 Access to the construction site shall be limited to Contractor's company -owned vehicles. 4 Contractor's company -owned vehicles shall be plainly marked on both sides of the exterior with contractor's name and /or company symbol /logo 5 Contractor's company vehicles will not be allowed to remain within the secure perimeter during non -work hours. 6 Delivery vehicles will be permitted access to the Contractor's work areas within the secure perimeter on a pre scheduled and pre cleared basis only Only the driver will be permitted in or on the vehicle. 7 Vehicles on the CCJ Site will be locked at all times. Ignition keys will be removed and vehicles will be locked when not in use. Should CCJ staff find an unattended vehicle with keys in it, they will take the keys and remove them to the Jail Manager's Office. 8 All gasoline fueled vehicles entering the secured perimeter of CCJ will have locking fuel tank caps, which will be locked whenever the vehicle is on the institution property 9 All vehicles will be searched before entering the secured perimeter of CCJ A jail staff person will conduct the search and will look for the following: a. Excessive personal property' All persons excessive personal property (Baggage and /or personal items not required on the job) will be required to remove and secure the property prior to being authorized to enter The maximum amount of cash a person may bring into the secured perimeter is twenty dollars ($20 00) b Contraband: Includes, but not limited to alcoholic beverages, drugs, and controlled substances. These items will be confiscated. If drugs or controlled substances are found they will be secured and a local law enforcement agency will be notified The individual possessing the contraband will be asked to remain in the area where the contraband was discovered. Lethal contraband is found, the contraband will be confiscated and a local law enforcement agency will be notified immediately The Jail Manager will review internal investigation and confer with the Project Superintendent to determine whether the person(s) involved may return to the job site. If contraband is found at the work site, the Jail Manager will be notified and may order the confiscation of the contraband or secure the area pending an investigation by the appropriate law enforcement agency Searches will be conducted by CCJ uniformed staff F Personal Vehicles. All construction personnel shall park in areas designated by the Owner's Representative. Construction personnel shall not park in areas designated for Public parking. Contractor shall be responsible for transporting construction personnel between the vehicle parking areas and the construction site. G Due to extensive work that may be involved in the searching of all vehicles, lunch boxes, and other areas of possible contraband concealment the Contractor shall fully cooperate with all PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 5 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES CCJ Staff when entering and exiting the offender occupied portions of the site Delays caused by security activities and procedures shall be borne by the Contractor H. When the work requires (1) demolition modifications to or relocation of perimeter security or (2) any other potential breach in security Contractor shall submit to the Jail Manager for approval a detailed written plan showing the sequence of the work and how physical security will be maintained. The Jail Manager may require temporary fencing phased work, or other methods to maintain security during work hours and after work hours. Required security measures may vary from the contract requirements and the contractor's submitted plan. If the measures exceed that required by the contract requirements the Owner's Project Representative will negotiate additional compensation in accordance with Conditions of the Contract. 1 13 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Offenders may attempt to steal unattended or carelessly placed tools and utilize them as weapons or tools to facilitate an escape. Workers shall monitor and keep track of all tools, and must immediately report missing tools to CCJ Staff B When not in actual use by a worker under the direct control and supervision of contract personnel, small power tools (drills, routers, sanders, saws, etc.) will be locked in a steel tool locker or cabinet. The cabinet and locking system will be approved by the Jail Manager C Hand tools will be used and stored under the same conditions as outlined above for small power tools. In addition hand tools must be removed from the institution daily D Powder- actuated tools will be prohibited at CCJ without prior authorization by the Jail Manager A new authorization must be secured each time powder- actuated tools are to be used at CCJ Cartridges (new and expended) for powder- actuated tools must be meticulously monitored and accounted for Neither the tools nor the cartridges may be left at the work site unattended or overnight. E. All tools, chains and ropes must be secured in a locked storage bin at the end of the workday Tools left unsecured will be confiscated by CCJ Staff All ladders will be secured in the locked tool storage bins or locked with chains and padlocks at the end of each workday or they will be confiscated and become property of the Owner F Tools: 1 Inventory a. The quantity and type of tools, equipment and materials taken into the secure perimeter will be checked and inventoried at Vehicle Sallyport. b Construction personnel shall account for all equipment materials and tools each time the construction personnel and escorts depart controlled areas including the recreation yards. c. The quantity of tools used inside the secure perimeter shall be kept to a minimum and limited to the tools required to complete the work. 2. Storage. a. Provide appropriate secure storage for hazardous or toxic materials. b Provide lockable metal tool storage containers inside the secure perimeter Account for tools from an updated tool inventory to be verified upon request by Jail Manager PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 6 3 Loss: 115 CLOTHING CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES c. Storage containers and locations shall be approved by Jail Manager d. Provide contact person and telephone number with 24 -hour availability for access to equipment lockers. a. Notify Jail Manager immediately if a tool is lost or unaccounted for assist Jail Manager in locating tool. b Department is not responsible for lost or stolen equipment. G The following items shall not be brought onto CCJ property 1 Weapons ammunition. 2. Hunting bows, arrows. 3. Personal knives with blades longer than 2 -1/2 inches 4 Explosives. 5 Volatile substances, except those to be used in conjunction with operating necessary construction equipment such as air compressors or generators. 6 Tear gas. 7 Flares. 8. Alcohol or other intoxicants. 9 Black powder 10 Animals (pets) 11 Cameras and video recorders not required, to fulfill requirements of the Contract. If these items are required, prior approval shall be obtained from the Jail Manager 12. Camouflage clothing 13 Cell phones. 1 14 USE OF RADIOS (COMMUNICATIONS) A. Contractors and construction personnel are authorized to use construction radios as necessary as long as it does not interrupt the institution's frequencies, especially in terms of emergency response. Contractors /construction personnel shall notify and obtain approval from the Jail Manager if they will be using radios. Advise at the time of the request all frequencies the radios are stationed on. B The use of institution radios and /or frequencies for construction purposes are not authorized. C Contractors /construction personnel are cautioned not to use their radios during an institution emergency especially in terms of bomb threat. During an institution emergency contractors /construction personnel shall tum their radios off and exit the institution immediately During said emergency the general contractor shall ensure all radios are accounted for and report this information to the Jail Manager A. Construction personnel shall be dressed in modest attire appropriate for working on the grounds of a mixed population institution. B Construction personnel will not be allowed to wear the following clothing on CCJ property 1 Any item bearing,offensive or racist language logos, pictures, or embroideries. PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 16 UTILITY OUTAGES AND INTERRUPTIONS A. Utility interruptions affecting the existing Jail including non secure staff occupied support areas, will not be allowed without prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1 Utility interruptions, if required, shall affect as small an area as possible but in no case more than one building. 2. Contractor shall consult with Owner's Representative prior to excavating any existing manholes, underground structures or underground facilities. 3 Minimize the duration of utility outages. 4 Provide 72 hour written notice of utility interruptions of less than 2 hours duration. Provide 10 calendar days, written notice of interruptions 2 hours or longer in duration Approval request shall be in the format directed by the Owner's Representative. 5 Shutdowns and tie -ins taking longer than 2 hours may be required to be scheduled for nights or weekends, at the discretion of the Owner's Representative, at no additional cost to the County 6 Plan and schedule the work so that all work possible is completed prior to shutdown to minimize outage period. 7 Maintain utilities on which the Contractor is doing work in operating order until approval is granted for shutdown B In the event some unforeseen occurrence caused by Contractor interrupts utility services, Contractor shall remain on -site actively making repairs until services are restored. C Contractor shall plan work activity so that material and equipment are available in the Contractor's lay down area to perform emergency repairs. 117 CONDUCT A. The CCJ has an expectation that contractors, construction personnel will conduct themselves in a reasonable, respectful manner at all times in terms of personal relationships, demeanor language and behavior Any inappropriate behavior language or unprofessional demeanor by contractors /construction personnel will jeopardize relationships between the CCJ and contractor /construction personnel. B Any inappropriate behavior by a contractor or construction personnel shall be reported to the Project Superintendent. He /she shall determine whether the contractor /construction personnel shall continue working on site. Decisions made by the Jail Manager are not negotiable or appeal -able by the Contractor or construction personnel. 1 18 STAFF ESCORTS A. The institution will assign CCJ staff to perform spot -check searches of each work site. The officers are assigned by the Jail Manager's Office. Construction Escorts will provide facility security and direction in matters concerning facility security Escort Officers are authorized to direct contractors and construction employees on any security or emergency issue B CCJ staff will not be assigned to or be permitted to perform labor for the contractors. Contractors and their employees shall not ask opinions concerning design or construction from staff escorts, and anything stated in that regard should not be relied upon or taken as an authorization to vary from the project requirements. PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 8 119 MISCELLANEOUS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Construction personnel within the secured perimeter of the facility will not leave the construction area unless accompanied by a staff escort. A. When problems or conflicts arise contractors and construction workers are encouraged to communicate with the CCJ's staff Employee clearances, permission for unusual or unscheduled work hours, and special needs for equipment, or dangerous or hazardous construction materials, must be pre- authorized through the Jail Manager B When in doubt about any security issue workers shall ask CCJ staff for assistance During emergencies, or in the absence of the Jail Manager the Shift Commander shall be contacted C Construction employees shall report all safety or law violations to the Jail Manager D Any major security/operational problems that occur which are not specifically covered in this document will be resolved within the institution chain of command in coordination with the job superintendent prior to proceeding further with construction in the area(s) affected. E CCJ including all surrounding County-owned property is a tobacco -free environment. END OF SECTION 01566 PROJECT SECURITY PROCEDURES 01566 9 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY B Related Sections include the following 13 DEFINITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties, product substitutions, and comparable products. 1 Division 1 Section 'References' for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted A. Products. Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term 'product' includes the terms 'material, 'equipment, 'system, and terms of similar intent. 1 Named Products. Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products. Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility except that products consisting of recycled- content materials are allowed unless explicitly stated otherwise Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3 Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor C Basis -of- Design Product Specification. Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words 'basis of design including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 1 14 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1 Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings. a. Specification Section number and title. b Generic name used in the Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address f Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 3 Initial Submittal Within 15 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period 4 Completed List: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5 Architect's Action. Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 5 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1 Substitution Request Form. Use Form 01600 following this Section. 2. Documentation Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following as applicable. a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES f List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research /evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer on manufacturer's letterhead stating lack of availability or delays in delivery j. Cost information, including a proposal of change if any in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3 Architect's Action: If necessary Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation whichever is later a. Form of Acceptance. Addenda (prior to Bid) or Change Order (post Award) b Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C Comparable Product Requests. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1 Architect's Action. If necessary Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later a. Form of Approval As specified in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures. b Use product specified, if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. D Basis -of- Design Product Specification Submittal. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures. Show compliance with requirements. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 3 B Delivery and Handling C Storage 1 7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 6 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and Toss, including theft. Comply with manufacturers written instructions. 1 Schedule delivery to minimize Tong -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3 Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4 Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 1 Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure 3 Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation 4 Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5 Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6 Comply with product manufacturers written instructions for temperature, humidity ventilation, and weather protection requirements for storage. 7 Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties required by the Contract Documents Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1 Manufacturer's Warranty Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner 2. Special Warranty Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner B Special Warranties. Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution 1 Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form. When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C Submittal Time. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements. Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1 Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products If available and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3 Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4 Where products are accompanied by the term as selected, Architect will make selection. 5 Where products are accompanied by the term 'match sample sample to be matched is Architect's. 6 Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish 'salient characteristics' of products. 7 Or Equal Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term or equal' or 'or approved equal' or or approved, comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B Product Selection Procedures. 1 Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer provide the named product that complies with requirements 2. Manufacturer /Source. Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3 Products. Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that comply with requirements. 4 Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5 Available Products. Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6 Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7 Product Options. Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Product Substitutions' Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis -of- Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 5 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named Comply with provisions in Part 2 'Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9 Visual Matching Specification Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 'Product Substitutions' Article for proposal of product. 10 Visual Selection Specification. Where Specifications include the phrase 'as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures' or a similar phrase select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range. Where Specifications include the phrase 'standard range of colors, patterns, textures' or similar phrase Architect will select color pattern density or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b Full Range. Where Specifications include the phrase 'full range of colors, patterns, textures' or similar phrase, Architect will select color pattern, density or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 10 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B Conditions Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will retum requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1 Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4 Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5 Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 6 Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction 7 Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9 Requested substitution provides specified warranty 10 If requested substitution involves more than one contractor requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 6 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will retum requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1 Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty 4 List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5 Samples, if requested. PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 7 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01600 TO Beaman Architecture Ltd. PROJECT Clallam County Jail Upgrades SPECIFIED ITEM Section Page Paragraph Description PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attach data that includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data that is adequate for evaluation of request including identification of applicable data portions. Identify all changes or modifications to Contract Documents that will result in installation of proposed substitutions, if any Undersigned certifies the following items are correct, unless clearly identified by attachments. 1 Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings. 2. Undersigned will pay for any changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. 3 Proposed substitution has no adverse effect on other trades, construction schedule or specified warranty requirements. 4 Maintenance and service parts are available locally or readily obtainable for proposed substitution. Undersigned further certifies function, appearance and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. Undersigned agrees to all terms and conditions that substitutions found in Contract Documents apply to this proposed substitution. Submitted by Name Signature Firm Name Street Address City State Zip Code Date General Contractor (if after award of Contract) For use by NE Accepted Accepted as noted Not Accepted Received too late By Date SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 SUMMARY 1 Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3 Progress cleaning. 4 Starting and adjusting. 5 Protection of installed construction. 6 Correction of the Work. B Related Sections include the following PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including but not limited to the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination' for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures' for submitting surveys. 3 Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching' for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 4 Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. A. Existing Conditions. The existence and location of construction indicated as existing is not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of systems and other construction affecting the Work. B Acceptance of Conditions. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance Record observations. 1 Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections include the following EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 1 3.2 PREPARATION 3 4 INSTALLATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Description of the Work. b List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3 Examine walls, floors and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions A. Field Measurements. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B Space Requirements. Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. C Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions. Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for interpretation to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. See Section 01310 for form. 3 3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification. Before proceeding to layout the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated 1 Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3 Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4 Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F Templates. Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G Anchors and Fasteners. Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1 Mounting Heights. Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3 Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H Joints. Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3 5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General Clean Project site and work areas daily including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly Dispose of materials lawfully 1 Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F 3 Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally according to regulations B Site. Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C Work Areas Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1 Remove liquid spills promptly 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G Waste Disposal Burying or burning waste materials on -site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. During handling and installation clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J Limiting Exposures. Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period 3 6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D Manufacturer's Field Service If a factory- authorized service representative is required to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation comply with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section 'Quality Requirements. 3 7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B Comply with manufacturers written instructions for temperature and relative humidity 3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching. 1 Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 4 END OF SECTION 01700 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Repair components that do not operate properly Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 5 SECTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B Related Sections include the following 1 Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed requesting approval to proceed Include the following information 1 Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided 2. Changes to In -Place Construction Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3 Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4 Dates. Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5 Utility Services and Mechanical /Electrical Systems. List services /systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services /systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services /systems will be disrupted 6 Structural Elements. Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure. 7 Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 1 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Structural Elements. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio B Operational Elements Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety C Miscellaneous Elements. Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their Toad- carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety 1 Water moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3 Equipment supports. 4 Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 5 Noise- and vibration control elements and systems 6 Integral security systems, not approved by Owner D Visual Requirements. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner 16 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties. Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1 If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in -place materials. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1 Compatibility Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in -place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B Protection. Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C Adjoining Areas Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D Existing Utility Services and Mechanical /Electrical Systems. Where existing services /systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services /systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. 33 PERFORMANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. General Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay 1 Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B Cutting: Cut in -place construction by sawing, drilling breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction If possible review proposed procedures with original Installer comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1 In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding not hammering and chopping Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3 Concrete and Masonry Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4 Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 3 END OF SECTION 01731 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 5 Mechanical and Electrical Services. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6 Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1 Inspection. Where feasible test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation 2. Exposed Finishes. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3 Floors and Walls. Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space Provide an even surface of uniform finish color texture, and appearance. Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces 4 Ceilings. Patch, repair or re -hang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 5 Exterior Building Enclosure. Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition D Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed Completely remove paint, mortar oils, putty and similar materials. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 4 SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: B Related Sections include the following. 13 DEFINITIONS 1 4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3 Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1 Division 1 Section 'Summary' for use of premises, phasing and Owner occupancy requirements. 2. Division 1 Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls' for temporary construction and environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations. 3 Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching' for cutting and patching procedures. A. Remove. Detach items from existing construction, and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled B Remove and Salvage. Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse, as noted. C Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D Existing to Remain. Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. 15 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities. Indicate the following: SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity Ensure Owner's on -site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3 Coordination for shutoff capping, and continuation of utility services. 4 Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress. 5 Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. B Inventory After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. C Pre demolition Photographs or Videotapes. Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins D Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. 1 Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other structural or mechanical conditions. E. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. 1 Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section 'Summary B Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition C Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1 If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb immediately notify Architect and Owner Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. D Storage or sale of removed items or materials on -site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1 Maintain fire- protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 2 18 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties. Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged D When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations. F Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAUELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services /Systems: Maintain services /systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1 Comply with requirements for existing services /systems interruptions specified in Division 1 Section 'Summary B Service /System Requirements. Refer to Division 15 Section for shutting off disconnecting, and sealing or capping utility services and mechanical electrical systems. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3 3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls. Conduct selective demolition and debris removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls. B Temporary Facilities Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1 Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3 Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations 4 Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5 Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control heating and cooling specified in Division 1 Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls. C Temporary Shoring. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished 1 Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1 Neatly cut openings and holes plumb square, and true to dimensions required Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3 Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame cutting operations. 4 Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 5 Remove decayed vermin infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 6 Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 7 Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive Toads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 8 Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly B Removed and Salvaged Items. 1 Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner 4 Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner 5 Protect items from damage during transport and storage C Removed and Reinstalled Items. 1 Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3 Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4 Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D Existing Items to Remain. Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3 5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Plaster Demolish in small sections. Cut to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain, using power- driven saw Dislodge from lath at areas being demolished cut lath, and then remove remainder of plaster indicated for selective demolition Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. 3 6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them. 1 Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3 7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 5 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including but not limited to the following: 1 Inspection procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4 Warranties. 5 Final cleaning B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures' for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion 2. Division 1 Section 'Execution Requirements' for progress cleaning of Project site. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1 3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1 Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list) the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete and submit to the Architect. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3 Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4 Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5 Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys and similar final record information. 6 Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable 7 Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9 Submit test/adjust/balance records. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 10 Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11 Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy use operation, and maintenance. 13 Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14 Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect, will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1 Re- inspection: Request re- inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1 4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion complete the following: 1 Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section 'Payment Procedures. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3 Submit evidence of final continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4 Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B Inspection Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1 Re- inspection: Request re- inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1 5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation. Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use form at end of Section. 1 Organize list of spaces in sequential order 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 2 a. Project name. b Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor e. Page number 1 6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 Include the following information at the top of each page A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and Toss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1 Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally Require individual or entity that obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer subcontractor or similar entity to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions completely and accurately Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross reference on Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3 Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4 Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 5 Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation 'PROJECT RECORD DRAWING' in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets, bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 6 Contractor to hire a professional drafting firm to complete electronic record drawings of all changes noted on record prints Record drawings are to be completed in AutoCAD V.2000 format based on backgrounds of Contract Documents provided by the Architect. Deliver (1) CD and (1) hardcopy to Architect, for review C Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1 Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Record Product Data. Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1 Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3 Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows. 1 Operation Data. 18 WARRANTIES a. Emergency instructions and procedures. b System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards. c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations. e. Piping diagrams 2. Maintenance Data. a. Manufacturer's information including list of spare parts. b Name address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier c. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. B Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy -duty 3 -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title 'OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, Project name, and subject matter of contents. A. Submittal Time. Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1 Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty 3 -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- 1/2 -by -11 inchpaper 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each separate warranty Mark tab to identify the product or installation Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer 3 Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title 'WARRANTIES Project name, and name of Contractor C Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents. Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. A. General* Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B Cleaning* Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions 1 Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 5 END OF SECTION 01700 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap shampoo if visible soil or stains remain Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. I. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over 'UL and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. o Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. r Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy C Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 6 UM NO In OM OM IND OM MO UM Ell =I IMO NM UM WALLS ITEM ROOM ROOM NAME ITEM FLOOR BASE CEILING NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST REMARKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONTRACTOR'S PUNCH LIST 1 DATE SECTION 02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following: 1 Walkways. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 3 Section 'Cast -in -Place Concrete (Limited Applications)' for general building applications of concrete. 13 DEFINITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Cementitious Materials. Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast- furnace slag. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B Design Mixtures: For each concrete pavement mixture. Include alternate mixture designs when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C Qualification Data: For manufacturer D Material Test Reports From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated based on comprehensive testing of current materials. E. Material Certificates. Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials complies with requirements. 1 Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3 Admixtures. 4 Curing compounds. 5 Joint fillers. F Field quality control test reports. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 1 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready -mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 2.2 FORMS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Manufacturer certified according to the NRMCA 'Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. B Testing Agency Qualifications An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1 Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician Grade 1 according to ACI CP -01 or an equivalent certification program. C ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 'Specification for Structural Concrete, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. D Concrete Testing Service. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection. 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to manufacturers specified A. Form Materials. Plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood or other approved panel -type materials to provide full depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. B Form Release Agent: Commercially formulated form release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 2 B Plain Steel Wire ASTM A 82, as drawn. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. D Tie Bars. ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 deformed. E. Bar Supports. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing supporting and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' from steel wire, plastic, or pre -cast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows. 1 Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand and source throughout the Project: 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I gray Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash. ASTM C 618 Class C B Normal- Weight Aggregates. ASTM C 33 Class 4S coarse aggregate, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source 1 Maximum Coarse Aggregate Size. 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate. Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C Water ASTM C 94/C 94M D Chemical Admixtures. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0 1 percent water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material 1 Water- Reducing Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M Type B 3 Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M Type D 4 High -Range Water- Reducing Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M Type F 5 High- Range, Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G 6 Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture ASTM C 1017/C 1017M Type II 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf weighing approximately 9 oz. /sq. yd.dry B Moisture Retaining Cover ASTM C 171 polyethylene film or white burlap polyethylene sheet. C Water Potable. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 3 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Expansion- and Isolation- Joint Filler Strips. ASTM D 1752, cork or self- expanding cork. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301 for each type and strength of normal- weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes or field experience. 1 Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete mixture designs for the trial batch method. B Proportion mixtures to provide normal- weight concrete with the following properties. 1 Compressive Strength (28 Days) 3000 psi. 2. Maximum Water Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0 45 3 Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. C Add air entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal- weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows. 1 Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1 5 percent for 3/4 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size D Chemical Admixtures. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Use water- reducing admixture and or plasticizing and retarding admixture in concrete, as required for placement and workability 2. Use water- reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. E. Cementitious Materials. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements as follows. 1 Fly Ash or Pozzolan. 25 percent. 2. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 3 Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete. Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1 When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, when air temperature is above 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed sub grades and sub -base surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional grading and elevation tolerances. B Proceed with concrete pavement operations only after nonconforming conditions have been corrected and sub -grade is ready to receive pavement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted sub -base surface immediately before placing concrete. 3 3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3 4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond reducing materials. C Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. 3 5 JOINTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. 1 When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated B Construction Joints Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement. 1 Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Doweled Joints. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt -coat one -half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 5 3 6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1 Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 2. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 3 Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface. 4 Furnish joint fillers in one -piece lengths. Where more than one length is required lace or clip joint filler sections together 5 Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal plastic, or other temporary preformed cap Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. D Contraction Joints. Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one -fourth of the concrete thickness to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete pavement: E. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to a 1/4 -inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. A. Inspection. Before placing concrete inspect and complete formwork installation steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B Remove snow ice, or frost from sub -base surface and reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. C Moisten sub -base to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. D Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site. F Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing. G Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. H. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1 Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square -faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 6 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES J Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. K. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28 -day compressive strength. L. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306 1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions or low temperatures 1 When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow 3 Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. M Hot Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot weather conditions exist: 1 Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg Fat time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3 Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and sub -grade just before placing concrete. Keep sub -grade moisture uniform without standing water soft spots, or dry areas. 3 7 FLOAT FINISHING A. General Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B Float Finish Begin the second floating operation when bleed -water sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power- driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1 Medium -to- Fine Textured Broom Finish. Draw a soft bristle broom across float finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine -line texture 3 8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B Comply with ACI 306 1 for cold- weather protection C Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib /sq ft. x h before and during finishing CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES operations Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing D Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods. Cure concrete by moisture curing moisture retaining -cover curing, curing compound or a combination of these as follows. 1 Moist Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water b Continuous water -fog spray c. Absorptive cover water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3 9 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows: 1 Elevation. 1/4 inch 2. Thickness. Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3 Surface. Gap below 10- foot -long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch. 4 Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels. 1 inch. 5 Alignment of Dowel -Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge. Length of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches. 6 Contraction Joint Depth. Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 7 Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch no minus. 3 10 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. B Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive. C Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur D Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 8 END OF SECTION 02751 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 9 SECTION 03301 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY B Related Sections include the following: 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for non critical applications of concrete and for projects using small quantities of concrete. 1 Division 2 Section 'Cement Concrete Pavement' for concrete pavement and walks. 13 SUBMITTALS A. General. In addition to the following comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301 B Product Data. For each type of product indicated. C Design Mixtures For each concrete mixture A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer C Comply with ACI 301 'Specification for Structural Concrete, including the following sections, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. 1 'General Requirements. 2. 'Formwork and Formwork Accessories. 3 'Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports. 4 'Concrete Mixtures. 5 'Handling, Placing and Constructing. D Comply with ACI 117 'Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars. ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 deformed. B Plain -Steel Wire. ASTM A 82, as drawn. A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I Supplement with the following. a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618 Class C b Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989 Grade 100 or 120 B Normal- Weight Aggregate. ASTM C 33 graded, 3/4 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size C Water ASTM C 94/C 94M potable 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entraining Admixture. ASTM C 260 B Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride 1 Water- Reducing Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M Type A. 2. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture. ASTM C 1017/C 1017M Type II. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf weighing approximately 9 oz. /sq yd. when dry B Moisture Retaining Cover ASTM C 171 polyethylene film or white burlap polyethylene sheet. C Water Potable. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B Normal- Weight Concrete. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301 as follows: 1 Minimum Compressive Strength. 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water Cementitious Materials Ratio 0 50 3 Slump Limit: 5 inches plus or minus. 4 Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301 Do not allow air content of floor slabs to receive troweled finishes to exceed 3 percent. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete. Measure, batch mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116 and furnish batch ticket information. 1 When air temperature is above 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 FORMWORK A. Design, construct, erect, brace and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 3.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' for fabricating, placing and supporting reinforcement. 1 Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete 3 3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 for measuring batching, mixing, transporting and placing concrete B Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site subject to limitations of ACI 301 C Do not add water to concrete during delivery at Project site, or during placement. D Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3 4 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth Formed Finish. As -cast concrete texture imparted by form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch 1 Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 3 3 5 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Related Unformed Surfaces. Strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding re- straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on surface. 1 Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C Float Finish. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid applied or sheet waterproofing, fluid applied or direct -to- deck applied membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. D Trowel Finish. Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film- finish coating system. 3 6 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306 1 for cold- weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot weather protection during curing. B Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface D Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods. 1 Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials. a. Water b. Continuous water -fog spray c. Absorptive cover water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture Retaining -Cover Curing Cover concrete surfaces with moisture retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 4 3 7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Testing Agency Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. B Tests Perform according to ACI 301 3 8 REPAIRS 1 Testing Frequency One composite sample shall be obtained for each 100 cu yd.or fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. END OF SECTION 03301 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 5 SECTION 06640 PLASTIC PANELING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes glass -fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) wall paneling and metal trim accessories. 1 3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated B Samples for Verification. For plastic paneling and metal trim accessories, in manufacturer's standard sizes. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations. Obtain plastic paneling and metal trim accessories from single manufacturer B Surface Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency 1 Flame- Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. 3 Testing Agency Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations. Do not deliver or install plastic paneling until spaces are enclosed and weather tight and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature_and_ humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC SHEET PANELING A. General: Gelcoat- finished glass -fiber reinforced plastic panels complying with ASTM D 5319 PLASTIC PANELING 06640 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Marlite FRP or comparable product by one of the following: a. Kemlite Company Inc. b Nudo Products, Inc. c. Architect accepted equal. 2. Low- Emitting Materials. Paneling shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' 'Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers. 3 Nominal Thickness. Not less than 0 09 inch. 4 Surface Finish Molded pebble texture. 5 Color As indicated by manufacturer's designations in the Plastic Paneling Color Schedule at the end of Part 3 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Trim Accessories. Manufacturer's standard aluminum trim molding designed to retain and cover edges of panels Provide division bars inside corners and caps as needed to conceal edges. 1 Finish. Bright anodized B Metal Trim Accessories Manufacturer's standard stainless steel outside corner guards. Provide outside corner guards at all plastic panel outside corner locations. 1 Finish: Manufacturer's standard. C Adhesive and Sealant: As recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove wallpaper vinyl wall covering, loose or soluble paint, and other materials that might interfere with adhesive bond. B Prepare substrate by sanding high spots and filling low spots as needed to provide flat, even surface for panel installation C Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of adhesive including oil grease dirt, and dust. PLASTIC PANELING 06640 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Condition panels by unpacking and placing in installation space before installation according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Lay out paneling before installing. Locate panel joints to provide equal panels at ends of walls not less than half the width of full panels. 1 Mark plumb lines on substrate at trim accessory locations for accurate installation. 3 3 INSTALLATION A. Install plastic paneling according to manufacturer's written instructions. B Install panels in a full spread of adhesive C Install trim accessories with adhesive. D Fill grooves in trim accessories with sealant before installing panels and bed inside corner trim in a bead of sealant. E. Maintain uniform space between panels and wall fixtures. Fill space with sealant. F Remove excess sealant and smears as paneling is installed. Clean with solvent recommended by sealant manufacturer and then wipe with clean dry cloths until no residue remains. 3 4 PLASTIC PANELING COLOR SCHEDULE A. FRP -1A. To match Marlite FRP #P 199 'Bright White END OF SECTION 06640 PLASTIC PANELING 06640 3 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications' 1 Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal non traffic surfaces: a. b c. Joints between different materials. Perimeter joints between exterior wall surfaces and frames of doors Other joints as indicated. 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. a. b c. d. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors Joints between kitchen equipment and adjoining walls, floors, and counters Other joints as indicated B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 9 Section 'Ceramic Tile' for sealing tile joints. 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint sealant product indicated. B Samples for Initial Selection. Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view C Samples for Verification. For each type and color of joint sealant required with joint sealants in 1/2- inch -wide joints formed between two 6- inch -long matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. of cured sealants provide Samples strips of material JOINT SEALANTS 07920 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Product Certificates. For each type of joint sealant and accessory signed by product manufacturer E. Qualification Data: For Installer F Pre construction Field Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on pre- construction testing specified in 'Quality Assurance' Article. G Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports. From sealant manufacturer indicating the following: 1 Materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. H. Field Test Report Log. For each elastomeric sealant application. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency indicating that sealants comply with requirements. J Warranties. Special warranties specified in this Section. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications. Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B Source Limitations. Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer C Pre construction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing Submit to joint sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants 1 Use manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates 2. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 3 For materials failing tests, obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 4 Testing will not be required if joint sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted D Pre construction Field- Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows. 1 Locate test joints where indicated on Project or if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. b Each type of non elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 4 Evaluation of Pre construction Field- Adhesion -Test Results. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions. 1 When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated 4 Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 17 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B Special Manufacturer's Warranty Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1 Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. C Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1 Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents 4 Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Compatibility Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B VOC Content of Interior Sealants. Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 1 Sealants. 250 g /L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates. 250 g /L. 3 Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates. 775 g /L. C Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B Stain Test Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247 and qualify for the length of exposure indicated by reference to ASTM C 920 for Class 1 or 2. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water unless otherwise indicated D Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600 E. Single- Component Pourable Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: 1 Available Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation, 890 -SL. b Pecora Corporation 300 Pavement Sealant (Self Leveling). c. Dow Corning Corporation, SL Parking Structure Sealant. 2. Type and Grade. S (single component) and P (pourable) 3 Class: 100/50 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 4 4 Use Related to Exposure. NT 5 Uses Related to Joint Substrates. M A and 0 as applicable to joint substrates indicated. F Single- Component Non -sag Urethane Sealant: 1 Available Products. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Sika Corporation, Inc. Sikaflex 1a. b. Sonneborn Division of ChemRex Inc. Ultra. c. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. NP 1 d. Tremco Vulkem 116 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (non -sag) 3 Class 25 4 Uses Related to Exposure. T (traffic) and NT (non traffic) 5 Uses Related to Joint Substrates. M G A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated 0 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 834 Type P Grade NF B Available Products. 1 Bostik Findley Chem -Calk 600 2. Pecora Corporation, AC -20+ 3 Schnee Morehead, Inc. SM 8200 4 Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc. Sonolac. 5 Tremco Tremflex 834 2.5 JOINT- SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non staining are compatible with joint substrates sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B Cylindrical Sealant Backings. ASTM C 1330 Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin) 0 (open -cell material) B (bi- cellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C Bond Breaker Tape. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self adhesive tape where applicable. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from pre- construction joint sealant- substrate tests and field tests. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 5 B Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates C Masking Tape Non staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Surface Cleaning of Joints Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements. 1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer) old joint sealants, oil, grease waterproofing, water repellents, water surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air Porous joint substrates include the following a. Concrete b. Masonry c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4 Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following a. Metal. b Glass. c. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. e. Stainless steel. B Joint Priming Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer based on pre- construction joint sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 6 3 3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Masking Tape. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply B Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability 1 Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials D Install bond breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1 Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3 Produce uniform, cross sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability F Tooling of Non -sag Sealants. Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1 Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4 Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193 5 Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193 a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field- Adhesion Testing: Field test joint sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 7 1 Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field- Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or as appropriate for type of joint sealant application indicated. 3 Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a field- adhesion -test log. 4 Inspect tested joints and report on the following: 5 Record test results in a field- adhesion -test log Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 6 Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B Evaluation of Field Test Results Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3 5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur 3 6 PROTECTION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately do this by extending cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side Repeat procedure for opposite side. a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand -pull test criteria. b Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If despite such protection, damage JOINT SEALANTS 07920 8 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 9 DOOR Mat'I 1 Fin. 1 DIMENSIONS NO. Type 1 1 Width 1 Height 2417A 1 A 1 HM 1 P 1 I 3' -0" 1 7' -0" 2417B 1 ABBREVIATIONS ALUM ALUMINUM FACP FACTORY PAINT HM HOLLOW METAL P -X PAINT COLOR STN STAINED AT FACTORY WD WOOD KEY NOTES 1 See Drawing Sheets A9 -01 A9 -02 for door frame door types and details. 2. Frame and door to be galvanized. 3. Existing door to be re- painted. 4 See Detail 3 A9 -01 for access control diagram DOOR SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES FRAME Mat'I 1 Fin. 1 DETAILS Type 1 Head 1 Jamb (L) 1 Jamb (R) 1 Sill 11 1 HM 1 P 1 11 /A9 -01 1 2/A9-01 12/A9 -01 11 /A9 -02 I— I DOOR PROVIDED BY OWNER U.L. GLASS RT'G. TYPE 3 GENERAL NOTES 1 Contractor to coordinate door and frame cut -outs with hardware specified. Verify all sizes. 2. See Specification Section 09900 for paint color designations. 3. See Specification Section 08710 for Door Hardware Schedule. 4 Door Frame Details are noted as looking from inside the room. 1,2,4 KEY NOTES DOOR SCHEDULE 08000 1 MO M— r r 1111111 i r MI MI r MI MI MI SECTION 08322 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Swinging detention doors. 2. Detention frames. B Related Sections: 1 Division 1 Section 'Project Security Procedures' for additional requirements for detention facilities. 2. Division 8 Section Detention Door Hardware' for door hardware for detention doors. 3. Division 9 Section Painting' for field painting detention doors and frames. 13 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness Steel: Indicated as the specified minimum thicknesses for base metal without coatings, according to HMMA 803 B Nominal- Thickness Stainless Steel Indicated as the specified thicknesses for which over and under thickness tolerances apply according to ASTM A 480/A 480M. C Nominal Surface of Floor Covering: Top surface of floor for resilient tile and carpet, nominal surface of floor covering is defined as top of concrete slab 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Detention Doors and Frame Assemblies. Provide detention doors and frames that comply with the following based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project: 1 Security Grade Comply with Grade 2, according to ASTM F 1450 2. Bullet Resistance. Comply with Level 3 rating when tested according to UL 752. a. Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, as bullet resisting. 3 Tool -Attack Resistance. Comply with small -tool- attack resistance rating when tested according to UL 437 and UL 1034 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Detention Frames. Provide detention frames that comply with ASTM F 1592 and removable stop test according to HMMA 863 based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 15 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, and finishes for each type of detention doors and frames specified. B Shop Drawings. In addition to requirements below provide a schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings: 1 Elevations of each door design. 2. Direction of swing. 3 Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details, and metal thicknesses. 4 Details of frames, including dimensioned profiles, and metal thicknesses. 5 Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 6 Details of each different wall opening condition 7 Details of anchorages joints, field splices, and connections. 8. Details of conduit, junction boxes, and preparations for electrified door hardware. C Samples for Verification. 1 For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples not less than 3 by 5 inches. D Qualification Data: For qualified Installer E. Welding certificates. F Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for detention doors and frames. Indicate metal thickness of each component of tested assembly and describe construction methods. G Field quality control reports documenting inspections of installed products H Other Informational Submittals. 1 Examination reports documenting inspection of substrates, areas, and conditions. 2. Field quality- control certification signed by Contractor 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications. Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B Source Limitations: Obtain detention doors and frames from single source from single manufacturer C Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1 AWS D1 1/D1 1M, 'Structural Welding Code Steel. DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 2. AWS D1 3 'Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel. 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver detention doors and frames palleted, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project -site storage Do not use non vented plastic. B Deliver detention frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C Inspect units, on delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are approved by Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed D Store detention doors and frames under cover at building site. Place units in a vertical position with heads up spaced by blocking, on minimum 4- inch -high wood blocking. Avoid using non vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber 1 Provide minimum 1/4 -inch space between each stacked unit to permit air circulation. 18 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for detention frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, and anchor bolts. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1 9 MAINTENANCE TOOLS A. Tool Kit: Provide two sets of tools for use with security fasteners, each packaged in a compartmented kit configured for easy handling and storage. 1 10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Security Fasteners: Furnish not Tess than 1 box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof of each type and size of security fastener installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1 Ambico Limited 2. Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company 3 Custom Product Division, Chief Industries, Inc. DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 3 2.2 MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 4 Fleming Door Products Ltd an ASSA ABLOY Group Company 5 Habersham Metal Products Co 6 Metal Products, Inc. 7 Pioneer Industries, Inc. 8 Sweeper Metal Fabricators Corp 9 Trussbilt; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company A. Hot Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M CS (Commercial Steel) Type B free of scale, pitting, or surface defects pickled and oiled. B Cold Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M CS (Commercial Steel) Type B C Metallic- Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M CS (Commercial Steel) Type IT with G60zinc (galvanized) or A60zinc- iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating designation. D Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M E. Post installed Expansion Anchors. With capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 4 times the load imposed, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency 1 Corrosion Protection. Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 Class Fe /Zn 5 (0 005 mm) for Class SC 1 service condition (mild) F Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes. Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. G Grout: Comply with ASTM C 476 with a slump of not more than 4 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M H. Bituminous Coating Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type non corrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities 2.3 DETENTION DOORS A. General: Provide flush- design detention doors of seamless hollow construction, 2 inches thick unless otherwise indicated. Construct detention doors with smooth, flush surfaces without visible joints or seams on exposed faces or stile edges. 1 For single- acting swinging detention doors, bevel both vertical edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches. B Core Construction: Provide the following core construction of same material as detention door face sheets, welded to both detention door faces. 1 Steel- Stiffened Core* 0 042 inch thick, steel vertical stiffeners extending full -door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 4 inches apart, spot welded to face sheets a maximum of 3 inches o c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with insulation C Vertical Edge Channels. 0 123 inch thick, continuous channel of same material as detention door face sheets extending full -door height at each vertical edge welded to top and bottom DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES channels to create a fully welded perimeter channel Noncontiguous channel is permitted to accommodate lock -edge hardware only if lock reinforcement is welded to and made integral with channel. D Top and Bottom Channels. 0 123 inch -thick metal channel of same material as detention door face sheets, spot welded, not more than 4 inches o c. to face sheets. 1 Reinforce top edge of detention door with 0 053 inch -thick closing channel inverted and nesting in top channel welded so channel web is flush with top door edges. E. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcing plates from same material as detention door face sheets to comply with the following minimum thicknesses. 1 Full- Mortise Hinges and Pivots: 0 187 inch thick. 2. Strike Reinforcements: 0 187 inch thick. 3 Lock Fronts, Concealed Holders, and Surface Mounted Closers: 0 093 inch thick. 4 All Other Surface- Mounted Hardware. 0 093 inch thick. F Hardware Enclosures. Provide enclosures and junction boxes for electrically operated detention door hardware of same material as detention door face sheets, interconnected with UL- approved 1/2- inch diameter conduit and connectors. 1 Where indicated for installation of wiring provide access plates to junction boxes, fabricated from same material and thickness as face sheet and fastened with at least 4 security fasteners spaced not more than 6 inches o c. G Exterior Detention Door Face Sheets. Fabricated from metallic- coated steel sheets 1 Security Grade 2: 0 093 inch minimum thickness steel 2.4 DETENTION FRAMES A. General: Provide fully welded detention frames with integral stops, of seamless construction without visible joints or seams. Fabricate detention frames with contact edges closed tight and corners mitered, reinforced, and continuously welded full depth and width of detention frame B Provide two temporary steel spreaders spot welded to bottom of jambs to act as bracing during shipping and storage. Remove prior to installation C Stop Height: Provide minimum stop height of 0 625 inch for detention door openings. D Exterior Detention Frames: Fabricated from metallic- coated steel sheets. 1 Security Grade 2: 0 093 inch minimum thickness steel. E. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcing plates from same material as detention frame to comply with the following minimum thicknesses. 1 Hinges and Pivots: 0 187 inchthick by 1 1/2 inches wide by 10 inches long 2. Strikes and Closers. 0 187 inch thick. 3 Surface Mounted Hardware. 0 093 inch thick. DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 5 2.5 SECURITY FASTENERS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Hardware Enclosures. Provide enclosures and junction boxes for electrically operated detention door hardware, interconnected with UL- approved, 1/2- inch diameter conduit and connectors. 1 Where indicated for installation of wiring provide access plates to junction boxes, fabricated from same material and thickness as face sheet and fastened with at least 4 security fasteners spaced not more than 6 inches o c. G Jamb Anchors. Weld jamb anchors to detention frames near hinges and directly opposite on strike jamb or as required to secure detention frames to adjacent construction. 1 Post installed Expansion Anchors. Minimum 1/2- inch diameter concealed bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide conduit spacer from detention frame to wall, welded to detention frame. Reinforce detention frames at anchor locations. H Floor Anchors Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor formed of same material and thickness as detention frame and as follows. 1 Monolithic Concrete Slabs. Clip anchors with two holes to receive fasteners, welded to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor Grout Guards. Provide factory- installed grout guards of same material as detention frame welded to detention frame at back of hardware cutouts silencers, and glazing -stop screw preparations to close off interior of openings and prevent mortar or other materials from obstructing hardware operation or installation. A. Security Fasteners: Operable only by tools produced for use on specific type of fastener by fastener manufacturer or other licensed fabricator 1 Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Holo -Krome a Danaher Corporation. b Safety Socket Screw Corporation. c. Tamper -Pruf Screws, Inc. d. Textron Fastening Systems; Textron Inc. B Drive System Type, Head Style, Material, and Protective Coating: Provide as required for assembly installation, and strength and as follows: 1 Drive System Types. Pinned Torx -Plus. 2. Fastener Strength. Grade 8 3 Socket Button Head Fasteners: a. Heat treated alloy steel, ASTM F 835 4 Socket Flat Countersunk Head Fasteners (at dimpled frames) a. Heat treated alloy steel ASTM F 835 5 Socket Head Cap Fasteners: DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 6 2.6 FABRICATION E. Factory cut openings in detention doors 2.7 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Heat treated alloy steel, ASTM A 574 6 Protective Coatings for Heat Treated Alloy Steel: a. Zinc and clear trivalent chromium, for exterior applications and interior applications where indicated A. Fabricate detention doors and frames rigid neat in appearance and free of defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal Weld exposed joints continuously grind, fill dress, and make smooth flush, and invisible. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B Tolerances. Fabricate detention doors and frames to comply with manufacturing tolerances indicated in HMMA 863 C Exterior Detention Doors. Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of detention doors to permit entrapped moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of detention doors against water penetration. D Hardware Preparation Factory prepare detention doors and frames to receive mortised hardware including cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling and tapping, according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by detention door hardware supplier 1 Reinforce detention doors and frames to receive surface mounted door hardware. Drilling and tapping may be done at Project site 2. Locate door hardware as indicated or if not indicated, according to HMMA 831 F Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by de- scaling or grinding. A. Comply with NAAMM's 'Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B Finish detention doors and frames after assembly 2.8 METALLIC COATED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation Clean surfaces with non petroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint, complying with SPPC -Paint 20 to comply with ASTM A 780 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish. Apply shop primer specified below immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to provide a uniform dry film thickness of not Tess than 0 7 mils 1 Shop Primer Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard fast curing lead- and chromate free primer complying with ANSI A250 10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for zinc coated steel; compatible with substrate and field applied finish paint system indicated; and providing a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of detention doors and frames. B For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer listing conditions detrimental to performance of detention doors and frames. C Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory B Prior to installation and with shipping spreaders removed adjust detention frames for square- ness, alignment, twist, and plumb -ness to the following tolerances. 1 Square -ness. Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb and perpendicular to frame head. 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of face. 3 Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines and perpendicular to plane of door rabbet. 4 Plumb -ness. Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor 3 3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install detention doors and frames plumb rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place, complying with Drawings, schedules, and manufacturer's written recommendations. B Anchorage. Set detention frame anchorage devices according to details on Shop Drawings and per anchorage device manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Post installed Expansion Anchors. Drill holes in existing construction at locations to match bolt locations and install bolt expansion shields or inserts. DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 8 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Assemble detention frames fabricated in sections. Install angle splices at each corner of same material and thickness as detention frame, and extend at least 4 inches on both sides of joint. 1 Field splice only at approved locations. Weld grind, and finish as required to conceal evidence of splicing on exposed faces 2. Continuously weld and finish smooth joints between faces of abutted, multiple- opening detention frame members. D Apply bituminous coating to backs of frames prior to filling with grout. E. Placing Detention Frames. Install detention frames of sizes and profiles indicated Set detention frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged 1 Post installed Expansion Anchors: Install bolt. After bolt is tightened, weld bolt head to provide non removable condition. Grind dress and finish smooth welded bolt head. F Grout: Fully grout detention frame jambs and heads. Completely fill space between frames and adjacent substrates. Hand trowel grout and take other precautions, including bracing detention frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces. G Swinging Detention Doors: Fit non -fire -rated detention doors accurately in their frames, with the following clearances. 1 Between Doors and Frames at Jambs and Head 1/8 inch. 2. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors 1/8 inch. 3. At Door Sills with Threshold 3/8 inch. 4 At Door Sills without Threshold: 3/4 inch. 5 Between Door Bottom and Nominal Surface of Floor Covering: 1/2 inch H Installation Tolerances. Comply with installation tolerances indicated in HMMA 863 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed products to verify compliance with requirements. Prepare inspection reports and indicate compliance with and deviations from the Contract Documents. B Remove and replace detention work where inspections indicate that work does not comply with specified requirements. C Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional work. Prepare inspection reports. D Prepare field quality- control certification that states installed products and their installation comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3 5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments. Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition Remove and replace defective work, including detention doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 9 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 B Clean grout and other bonding material off detention doors and frames immediately after 1 installation C Prime -Coat Touchup Immediately after erection sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer 1 After finishing smooth field welds, apply air -drying primer D Galvanized Surfaces Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780 END OF SECTION 08322 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 08322 10 1 1 SECTION 08781 DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY 1 Division 1 Section Project Security Procedures for requirements in secure environments. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. This Section includes the following: 1 Detention door hardware for the following: a. Swinging detention doors. B Related Sections include the following: 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Swinging Detention Door Assemblies. Provide detention door hardware as part of a detention door assembly that complies with security grade indicated, when tested according to ASTM F 1450 based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 1 Bullet Resistance. Comply with Level 3 rating when tested according to UL 752; where indicated. 14 SUBMITTALS a. Listed and labeled as bullet resisting by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Tool -Attack Resistance. Comply with small -tool- attack resistance rating when tested according to UL 1034 and UL 437 A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of detention door hardware. B Shop Drawings: For each type of detention door hardware. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1 Wiring Diagrams. Detail power signal, and control wiring and differentiate between manufacturer installed and field- installed wiring for electrified detention door hardware. Include the following: DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 1 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. System schematic. b Point -to -point wiring diagram, including location of connections. c. Riser diagram. d. Elevation of each detention door C Product Certificates. For each type of electrified detention door hardware signed by product manufacturer 1 Certify that detention door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire doors complies with listed fire door assemblies. D Qualification Data. For Installer supplier and Architectural Hardware Consultant. E. Product Test Reports. Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or performed by a qualified testing agency for each type of detention lock and latch. F Maintenance Data. For each type of detention door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. G Operation and Maintenance Data: For electrified detention door hardware to include in emergency operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following 1 Normal local security operation. 2. Emergency security operation H. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. Other Action Submittals. 1 Door Hardware Schedule. Comply with requirements specified in Division 8 Section 'Door Hardware Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with detention doors, frames, other door hardware and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of detention door hardware a. Integrate detention door hardware indicated in the Drawings into the Door Hardware Schedule, and indicate complete designations of every item required for each door and opening 2. Keying Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 8 Section 'Door Hardware Coordinate detention keying with other door hardware in the final keying schedule. a. Indicate each lock and type of key using the following prefixes: 'P' for paracentric, 'M' for mogul, 'HS' for high security and 'C' for commercial. J Other Informational Submittals. 1 Examination reports documenting inspections of substrates, areas, and conditions. 2. Anchor inspection reports documenting inspections of built -in and cast -in anchors. 3 Field quality control reports documenting inspections of installed products. 4 Field quality- control certification. DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 2 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Installer Qualifications. An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer and an authorized representative of detention door hardware manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. B Supplier Qualifications. Detention door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor Architect, and Owner about detention door hardware and keying 1 Electrified Detention Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications. An experienced detention door hardware supplier who has completed projects with electrified detention door hardware similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary materials. a. Engineering Responsibility Prepare data for electrified detention door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 2. Scheduling Responsibility Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules C Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for detention door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. 1 Electrified Detention Door Hardware Qualifications. Experienced in providing consulting services for electrified detention door hardware installations. D Source Limitations. Obtain each type and variety of detention door hardware through one source from a single manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1 Provide electrified detention door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical detention door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. E. Keying Conference Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing detention door hardware keying system including but not limited to the following: 1 Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3 Requirements for key control system. 4 Address for delivery of keys. F Pre installation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination Review methods and procedures related to detention door hardware including but not limited to the following: 1 Inspect and discuss electrical and control system roughing -in and other preparatory work performed by other trades DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 3 2. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified detention door hardware. 3 Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays 4 Review required testing, inspecting and certifying procedures. 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory detention door hardware on receipt and provide secure lockup for detention door hardware delivered to Project site. B Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service, obtain delivery address directly from Owner 17 COORDINATION 18 WARRANTY CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Templates. Obtain and distribute, to the parties involved, templates for detention doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing detention door hardware B Electrical System Roughing -in. Coordinate layout and installation of electrified detention door hardware with connections to power supplies and detention monitoring and control system. A. Special Warranty Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of detention door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to the following 1 Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of detention door hardware. 3 Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering or detention use. B Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated C Warranty Period for Detention Hinges. 10 years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. 1 9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions. Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of detention door hardware. B Tool Kit: Provide two sets of tools for use with security fasteners, each packaged in a compartmented kit configured for easy handling and storage. C Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of detention door hardware Installer Include monthly DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper detention door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection. 1 Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the products specified. 2.2 SCHEDULED DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide detention door hardware for each detention door to comply with requirements in this Section and detention door hardware sets indicated in the Drawings. 1 Detention Door Hardware Sets. Provide quantity item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturer's products or products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to named products. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified detention door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building systems indicated. B Designations. Requirements for design grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of detention door hardware are indicated in the Drawings Products are identified by using detention door hardware designations, as follows. 1 Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each detention door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. 2.3 SECURITY FASTENERS A. Security Fasteners. Operable only by tools produced for use on specific type of fastener by fastener manufacturer or other licensed fabricator Drive system type, head style material, and protective coating as required for assembly installation, and strength, and as follows. 1 Drive System Types. Pinned Torx. 2. Socket Flat Countersunk Head Fasteners. a. Heat treated alloy steel ASTM F 835 3. Socket Button Head Fasteners: a. Heat treated alloy steel ASTM F 835 4 Socket Head Cap Fasteners. a. Heat treated alloy steel, ASTM A 574 DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 5 2.4 DETENTION HINGES GENERAL 2.5 HINGES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 5 Protective Coatings for Heat Treated Alloy Steel: a. Zinc chromate, ASTM F 1135 Grade 3 or 4 for exterior applications and interior applications where indicated. B Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1 Camcar Textron Inc. 2. Holo- Krome, a Danaher Corporation. 3 Safety Socket Screw Corporation. 4 Sentry Security Fasteners. 5 Tamper -Pruf Screws, Inc. A. Quantity Provide the following unless otherwise indicated: 1 Two Detention Hinges. For detention doors with heights up to 60 inches. 2. Three Detention Hinges. For detention doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 3 Four Detention Hinges. For detention doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. B Size. Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with detention hinge widths sized for detention door thickness and clearances required Maximum Door Size (inches) Hinge Height Metal (inches) Thickness (inches) to 42 by 2 4 -1/2 0 180 to 42 by 2 5 0 190 more than 42 by 2 6 0.203 C Template Requirements: For institutional detention hinges to be installed into hollow -metal detention doors and frames provide only template produced units. D Detention Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated provide the following: 1 Interior Detention Hinges: Steel, with steel pin. E. Fastening: Comply with the following: 1 Security Fasteners: Provide socket flat countersunk head machine screws; finish screw heads to match surface of detention hinges. Install into drilled and tapped holes. A. Hinges: 5 x 5 Heavy weight, plain bearing, 5- knuckle, stainless steel; 3/8- inch diameter non removable pin, equal to that indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 6 2.7 ACCESS CONTROL A. Provide access control equal to that indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 2.6 LOCKS AND LATCHES GENERAL A. Swinging Door Lock and Latch Performance Provide door locks and latches equal to those indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule. 2.8 CLOSERS A. Provide closers equal to those indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule. 2.9 DOOR STOPS A. Floor Stops. 1 -1/2- inch -high by 2- inch diameter rubber bumper mounted on steel lag bolt; BHMA A156 16* install in floor with nonshrink grout; for detention doors, unless wall or other type stops are indicated Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. 1 Provide one for each door indicated. 2. Available Products. a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM) Series 540 b. Glynn- Johnson, an Ingersoll -Rand Company (GJ) Series FB18S c. Hager Companies (HAG) Series 269F d. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company Inc. (TBM) Series 1209 2.10 FINISHES A. Standard. Comply with BHMA A156 18 B Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D BHMA Designations Comply with base material and finish requirements indicated by the following: 1 BHMA 626 Satin chromium plated over nickel over brass or bronze base metal. DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 7 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Examine detention doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of detention door hardware. 1 Examine roughing -in for embedded and built -in anchors to verify actual locations of detention door hardware connections before detention door hardware installation. 2. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer listing conditions detrimental to performance of detention door hardware. B Verify locations of detention door hardware with those indicated on Coordination Drawings C Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified detention door hardware installation. D Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Detention Doors and Frames. Comply with DHI A115 Series. 1 Surface Applied Detention Door Hardware. Drill and tap detention doors and frames according to SDI 107 3 3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount detention door hardware units at heights indicated in the Drawings. B Install each detention door hardware item to comply with Coordination Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install detention door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved 1 Set units level plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C Install interconnecting wiring and connectors between detention door hardware devices. Terminate device wiring for detention door hardware installed in swinging doors at a plug -type connector located in lock pocket or doorframe junction box. D Security Fasteners. Install detention door hardware using security fasteners with head style appropriate for installation requirements, strength, and finish of adjacent materials except that a maximum of two different sets of tools shall be required to operate security fasteners for Project. DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 8 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 E. Paint factory prime painted detention door hardware to match construction in which it is installed. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section 'Painting 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. Inspect installed products to verify compliance with requirements. Prepare inspection reports and indicate compliance with and deviations from the Contract Documents. B Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. I 1 After installing electrified detention door hardware and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test detention door hardware for compliance with requirements. 1 a. Test: Operate lock of each door and group of doors in normal remote, normal local, and emergency operating modes. Verify that remote controls operate correct door locks and in correct sequence I 2. Verify that lock bolts engage strikes with required bolt projection. 3 Verify that detention door hardware is installed, connected and adjusted according to the I 4 Contract Documents. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and written installation requirements I C Remove and replace detention work where inspections indicate that work does not comply with specified requirements. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above 1 D Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional work. Prepare inspection reports. 1 E. Prepare field quality control certification that states installed products and their installation comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3 5 ADJUSTING I A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of detention door hardware and each detention door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust detention door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility 1 requirements. 1 Strikes. Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. I B Six -Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion Installer shall perform the following: I 1 Examine and readjust each item of detention door hardware as necessary to ensure function of detention doors and detention door hardware 2. Instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance procedures. 1 3 Replace detention door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of detention door hardware units. I DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 9 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by detention door hardware installation. B Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. 3 7 DEMONSTRATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that detention door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain detention door hardware and detention door hardware finishes. END OF SECTION 08781 DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 08781 10 1 Locks Latches: L1 2. Hinges: H1 H2 3. Closers: C1 5 Weatherstripping: WS1 08781 -01 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE NOTES Manufacturer Storeroom: Manufacturer Manufacturer Manufacturer Best 93K 7- G- 15 -C -S3- 626 -SH McKinney NRP -HT T4A3386 -5 X 5 (2 pair) NRP -HT T4A3386 -4.5 X 4.5 (1.5 pair) Norton 7705MST -689 4 Access Control: Manufacturer Locknetics AC1 Electromagnetic lock 2010 626- ATS- L1 /MBS -4480 Power Supply 515- EIR- SBP1 /SBE Key Pad (2) KP74 CT150KP -AUX CAB16 5. Stop Holders: Manufacturer Trimco Glynn- Johnson HS1 Wall Bumper 1270CX (Trimco) HS2 Overhead Stop GJ450S series (Glynn- Johnson) Pemko 303AV (Anodized satin at head, and jamb) 315BN (Anodized satin bottom sweep) 2005AV (Threshold) 6. Miscellaneous: Manufacturer As Noted M1 Kick Plate 194S -US32D (Hager) M2 Not Used M3 Silencers 1229A Trimco) DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES DOOR ACCESS STOP WEATHER NO. I LOCK I HINGE I CONTROL I CLOSER I HOER I PUSH PULL I STRIPPING I MISC. I COMMENTS Kick Plate push side only See 2417A L1 H1 AC1 C1 WS1 M1 Detail 3/A9 -01 for access control diagram 2417B L1 H2 M3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08781 -01 1 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES KEY NOTES NO FINISH WORK AT THIS LOCATION 1 SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC FINISH 1 PROVIDE LATEX -BASED EPDXY PAINT ON ALL EXPOSED WALL SURFACES EFTR EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN PATTERNS LOCATIONS 2. INSTALL 8 FOOT LONG FRP PANELS FROM TOP OF BASE UP WALL 8 FOOT FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC 3. INSTALL FRP AT SPECIFIC WALL LOCATIONS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS PANELS 4 ALL EXISTING QUARRY TILE AND GROUT TO REMAIN IS TO BE STEAM CLEANED P -X PAINT COLOR AND RE- SEALED QT -X QUARRY TILE TYPE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES CEILING WALLS ROOM ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE CEILING HEIGHT AFF NORTH 1 EAST 1 SOUTH 1 WEST NOTES 2287 DRY STORAGE 2413 TOILET 2414 TOILET 2415 STORAGE 2416 SHELLED AREA BREATH P -1 P -1 P -1 P 1 2417 ANALYZER ROOM EFTR EFTR EFTR FRP FRP FRP FRP 1, 2 2418 OFFICE 2419 SEARCH ROOM CHAIN 2420 GANG STORAGE 2434 VEHICLE SALLYPORT EFTR EFTR P1 P1 P1 P -1 2443 KITCHEN QT 1 QT 1 EFTR FRP FRP FRP FRP 1, 2, 3, 4 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 09000 1 NMI NM NM M r riles r I r Mall fill E E r MI SECTION 09111 NON LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes non -load- bearing steel framing members for the following applications. 1 Interior framing systems (e g. supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.) 13 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NON LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Members, General. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated 1 Steel Sheet Components. Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M G40 hot -dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Steel Studs and Runners. ASTM C 645 1 Minimum Base -Metal Thickness. 0 0312 inch. 2. Depth Match existing. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1 Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material size, corrosion resistance, holding power and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates NON LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING 09111 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance 1 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754 except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 1 Gypsum Board Assemblies. Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation B Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. 3 3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. 1 Space studs as follows. a. Single -Layer Application. 16 inches o c. unless otherwise indicated. B Installation Tolerance. Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing END OF SECTION 09111 NON LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING 09111 2 SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Exterior Portland cement plasterwork (stucco) on metal lath and solid- plaster bases. B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 7 Section Joint Sealants' for sealants installed with exterior Portland cement plaster (stucco) 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Shop Drawings: Show locations and installation of control and expansion joints including plans, elevations, sections details of components, and attachments to other work. C Samples for Initial Selection. For each type of factory- prepared finish coat indicated. D Samples for Verification. For each type of textured finish coat indicated 12 by 12 inches, and prepared on rigid backing. 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion construction traffic, and other causes. 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements. B Exterior Plasterwork: 1 Apply and cure plaster to prevent plaster drying out during curing period. Use procedures required by climatic conditions, including moist curing, providing coverings, and providing barriers to deflect sunlight and wind. 2. Apply plaster when ambient temperature is greater than 40 deg F PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 1 2.2 METAL LATH 1 Available Manufacturers. 2.3 ACCESSORIES CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 Protect plaster coats from freezing for not less than 48 hours after set of plaster coat has occurred. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection* 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to manufacturers specified. A. Expanded -Metal Lath ASTM C 847 with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 hot -dip galvanized zinc coating a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation (AMICO) b California Expanded Metal Products Company (CEMCO) c. Dale /Incor d Marino/Ware, Division of Ware Industries, Inc. e. Phillips Manufacturing Co f Unimast, Inc. g. Western Metal Lath Steel Framing Systems. 2. Diamond -Mesh Lath. Self- furring. a. Weight: 3 4 Ib /sq yd. B Paper Backing: FS UU -B -790 Type! Grade D Style 2, vapor permeable paper 1 Provide paper- backed lath unless otherwise indicated. A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B Zinc and Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum Accessories: 1 Available Manufacturers. a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation (AMICO) b California Expanded Metal Products Company (CEMCO) c. Dale lncor PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 2 d. Dietrich Industries, Inc. e. Fry Reglet. f Phillips Manufacturing Co g. Unimast, Inc. h. Western Metal Lath Steel Framing Systems. 2. Cornerite: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M G60 hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. 3 External- Corner Reinforcement: Fabricated from metal lath with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 hot -dip galvanized zinc coating 4 Cornerbeads. Fabricated from zinc, zinc coated (galvanized) steel or aluminum. a. Small nose cornerbead with expanded flanges, use unless otherwise indicated. 5 Casing Beads. Fabricated from zinc, zinc coated (galvanized) steel or aluminum, square -edged style, with expanded flanges. 6 Control Joints Fabricated from zinc, zinc coated (galvanized) steel or aluminum, one piece -type, folded pair of u- perforated screeds in M- shaped configuration, with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster lath, or accessories. B Bonding Compound ASTM C 932. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Steel Drill Screws: For metal -to -metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954 as required by thickness of metal being fastened with pan head that is suitable for application, in lengths required to achieve penetration through joined materials of not fewer than three exposed threads. D Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 1063 2.5 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Type I 1 Color for Finish Coats. White. B Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91 Type N 1 Color for Finish Coats: White. C Plastic Cement: ASTM C 1328 D Lime. ASTM C 206 Type S* or ASTM C 207 Type S E. Sand Aggregate. ASTM C 897 1 Color for Job -Mixed Finish Coats. White. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 3 1 Available Products. 2. Masonry Cement Mixes: 4 Plastic Cement Mixes: 5 Portland and Plastic Cement Mixes: CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Ready -Mixed Finish -Coat Plaster Mill mixed Portland cement, aggregates, coloring agents, and proprietary ingredients. a. California Stucco Products Corp Conventional Portland- Cement Stucco b ChemRex; Thoro Stucco c. Florida Stucco Corp d. Highland Stucco Lime Products Inc. e. United States Gypsum Co Oriental Exterior Finish Stucco 2.6 PLASTER MIXES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated B Base -Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath. Scratch and brown coats for three -coat plasterwork as follows. 1 Portland Cement Mixes: a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 0 to 3/4 parts lime Use 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material mix 1 part Portland cement and 0 to 3/4 parts lime. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) a. Scratch Coat: 1 part masonry cement and 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. b Brown Coat: 1 part masonry cement and 3 to 5 parts aggregate. 3 Portland and Masonry Cement Mixes. a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 1 part masonry cement. Use 2 1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 1 part masonry cement. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) a. Scratch Coat: 1 part plastic cement and 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. b Brown Coat: 1 part plastic cement and 3 to 5 parts aggregate. a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part plastic cement and 1 part Portland cement. Use 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) b Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part plastic cement and 1 part Portland cement. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Base -Coat Mixes for Use over Concrete Unit Masonry Single base coats for two -coat plasterwork as follows: 1 Portland Cement Mix: For cementitious material, mix 1 part Portland cement and 3/4 to 1 -1/2 parts lime Use 2 1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material) 2. Masonry Cement Mix: Use 1 part masonry cement and 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. 3 Plastic Cement Mix: Use 1 part plastic cement and 2 -1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. D Factory- Prepared Finish -Coat Mixes: For ready -mixed finish -coat plasters, comply with manufacturers written instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance 1 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects caused by plastering B Prepare solid plaster bases that are smooth or that do not have the suction capability required to bond with plaster according to ASTM C 926 3 3 INSTALLING METAL LATH A. Expanded -Metal Lath Install according to ASTM C 1063 1 On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self furring diamond -mesh lath. 3.4 INSTALLING ACCESSORIES A. Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings. B Reinforcement for External Corners. 1 Install lath -type external- corner reinforcement at exterior locations. 2. Install cornerbead at exterior locations. C Control Joints. Install control joints in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect as follows 1 As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) of the following maximum sizes. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 5 a. Vertical Surfaces. 144 sq. ft. b Horizontal and other Non vertical Surfaces 100 sq. ft. 2. At distances between control joints of not greater than 18 feet o.c. 3 As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) with length -to -width ratios of not greater than 2 -1/2:1 4 Where control joints occur in surface of construction directly behind plaster 5 Where plasterwork areas change dimensions, to delineate rectangular- shaped areas (panels) and to relieve the stress that occurs at the corner formed by the dimension change 3 5 PLASTER APPLICATION A. General Comply with ASTM C 926 1 Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10 -foot straightedge placed on surface. 2. Grout hollow -metal frames, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base -coat plaster material, before lathing where necessary Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire- resistance rating grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor 3 Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built -in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. 4 Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field applied finishes indicated. B Bonding Compound Apply on unit masonry plaster bases. C Plaster Finish Coats. Apply to provide float finish to match existing finish. 3 6 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3 7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents, and imperfections Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. A. Remove. temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from doorframes, windows, and other surfaces not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering. END OF SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 6 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Interior gypsum board. B Related Sections include the following. 1 Division 9 Section 'Non- Load Bearing Steel Framing' for non structural framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board 2. Division 9 Section 'Ceramic Tile' for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 3 Division 9 Section 'Painting' for primers applied to gypsum board surfaces. 13 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Samples. For the following products. 1 Trim Accessories. Full -size Sample in 6- inch -long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1 4 STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather condensation direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging. A. Environmental Limitations. Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 1 1 Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Size Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1 Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following B Type X. a. American Gypsum Co b BPB America Inc. c. G -P Gypsum. d. Lafarge North America Inc. e. National Gypsum Company f PABCO Gypsum. g. Temple. h. USG Corporation. 1 Thickness. 5/8 inch (To match existing thickness) 2. Long Edges. Tapered. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047 1 Material: Galvanized or aluminum- coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes. a. Cornerbead. b. LC -Bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. L -Bead. L- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U -Bead: J- shaped exposed short flange does not receive joint compound 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M GYPSUM BOARD 09250 2 B Joint Tape. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper 2. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Tile Backing Panels. 10 -by -10 glass mesh C Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1 Pre filling: At open joints, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners and trim flanges use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 3 Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 4 Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. A. General. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B Steel Drill Screws. ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated 1 Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0 033 to 0 112 inch thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged C Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840 B Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place C Locate edge and end joints over supports. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. B Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load- bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2- inch -wide spaces at these locations, and trim GYPSUM BOARD 09250 3 edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. E. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3 3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations. 1 Type X. Vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. B Single -Layer Application. 1 On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless otherwise_ indicated and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. 2. Fastening Methods. Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B Interior Trim: Install in the following locations. 1 Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. L -Bead: Use where indicated. 4 U -Bead. Use where indicated. 3 5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B Prefill open joints, and damaged surface areas. C Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840 1 Level 4 At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view or substrate for FRP Panels, unless otherwise indicated. GYPSUM BOARD 09250 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 9 Sections. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather condensation direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1 Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to discoloration sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include but are not limited to fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 5 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 13 DEFINITIONS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Quarry tile. 2. Cementitious backer units installed as part of tile installations. B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 1 Section 'Selective Demolition' for removing existing finishes. 2. Division 3 Section 'Cast -in -Place Concrete (Limited Applications)' for monolithic slab finishes specified for tile substrates 3 Division 7 Section Joint Sealants' for additional sealant requirements for joints in tile surfaces. A. Module Size. Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499) plus joint width indicated. B Facial Dimension. Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI A137 1 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028 1 Level Surfaces. Minimum 0 6 15 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C Samples for Initial Selection. For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. CERAMIC TILE 09310 1 D Samples for Verification. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Full -size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required at least 8 inches square and mounted on rigid panel. Use grout of type and in color or colors approved for completed work. 3 Full -size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. E. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer F Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer G Qualification Data. For Installer H. Material Test Reports. For each tile- setting and grouting product. 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile. Obtain all tile from one source or producer 1 Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials. Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer C Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section through one source from a single manufacturer for each product: 1 Joint sealants. 2. Cementitious backer units. D Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1 Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation. 2. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation 3 Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI A137 1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover and in a dry location. C Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. CERAMIC TILE 09310 2 1 9 EXTRA MATERIALS 2.2 PRODUCTS GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES D Store liquid latexes and emulsion adhesives in unopened containers and protected from freezing E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1 8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Tile and Trim Units. Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 2 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color pattern and size indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection. 1 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3 Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the manufacturers specified. 4 Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified 5 Basis -of- Design Product: The design for each tile type is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137 1 'Specifications for Ceramic Tile, for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1 Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements, unless otherwise indicated 2. For facial dimensions of tile comply with requirements relating to tile sizes specified in Part 1 'Definitions' Article CERAMIC TILE 09310 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials. Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in 'Setting and Grouting Materials' Article. C Colors Textures, and Patterns. Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1 To match existing. D Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples E. Mounting: For factory- mounted tile, provide back or edge- mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1 Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge- mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in- service performance. F Factory- Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by pre- coating with continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Available Manufacturers: 1 American Marazzi Tile, Inc. 2. American Olean, Div of Dal -Tile International Corp 3 Buchtal Corporation USA. 4 Cerim -Floor Gres Ceramiche. 5 Crossville Ceramics Company L.P 6 Daltile Div of Dal -Tile International Inc. 7 Florida Tile Industries, Inc. 8 GranitiFiandre. 9 Interceramic. 10 KPT Inc. 11 Laufen USA. 12. Lone Star Ceramics Company 13 Metropolitan Ceramics. 14 Monarch Tile, Inc. 15 Porcelanite, Inc. 16 Quarry Tile Company 17 Seneca Tiles, Inc. 18 Summitville Tiles, Inc. 19 United States Ceramic Tile Company 20 Winburn Tile Manufacturing Company B Unglazed Quarry Tile QT 1 Square -edged flat tile as follows: 1 To match existing. CERAMIC TILE 09310 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Quarry Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes. 1 Base. Coved with surface bullnose top edge, facial dimensions to match existing. 2.4 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. Available Manufacturers: 1 Atlas Minerals Chemicals, Inc. 2. Boiardi Products Corporation. 3 Bonsai, W R. Company 4 Bostik. 5 C -Cure 6 Custom Building Products. 7 DAP Inc. 8 Jamo Inc. 9 LATICRETE International Inc. 10 MAPEI Corporation. 11 Southern Grouts Mortars, Inc. 12. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 13 TEC Specialty Products Inc. B Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials. ANSI A108.1A and as specified below 1 Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0 062 -inch diameter comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. C Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set). ANSI A118 1 1 For wall applications, provide non sagging mortar that complies with Paragraph C-4 6 1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118 1 D Chemical- Resistant, Water Cleanable, Tile- Setting and Grouting Epoxy ANSI A118 3 with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 1 Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 140 deg F and 212 deg F respectively and certified by manufacturer for intended use. E. Standard Un- sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6 color as indicated to match existing. 2.5 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section Joint Sealants 1 Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D (EPA Method 24) CERAMIC TILE 09310 5 B Colors. Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated C Chemical- Resistant Sealants. For chemical- resistant floors provide chemical- resistant elastomeric sealant of type recommended and produced by chemical- resistant mortar and grout manufacturer for type of application indicated, with proven service record and compatibility with tile and other setting materials, and with chemical resistance equivalent to mortar /grout. Include primer and backer rod recommended by manufacturer 2.6 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS A. Provide cementitious backer units complying with ANSI A118 9 in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints. 1 Thickness. 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch as indicated 2. Width. Manufacturer's standard width, but not less than 32 inches. B Available Products: 1 C -Cure C -Cure Board 990 2. Custom Building Products, Wonderboard. 3 FinPan, Inc. UtiI -A -Crete Concrete Backer Board. 4 USG Corporation, DUROCK Cement Board. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Under- layments and Patching Compounds. Latex modified, Portland cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile- setting materials for installations indicated. B Temporary Protective Coating: Either product indicated below that is formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile mortar and grout products, and easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. 1 Petroleum paraffin wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0 5 percent oil with a melting point of 120 to 140 deg F per ASTM D 87 2. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile C Tile Cleaner A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water and additives in accurate proportions CERAMIC TILE 09310 6 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION 3.2 PREPARATION 3 3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES C Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1 Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds, and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations, if not coordinated adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap wax, oil, or silicone that are incompatible with tile- setting materials B Provide concrete substrates for tile floors that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1 Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile- setting material manufacturer's written instructions Use product specifically recommended by tile- setting material manufacturer 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. C Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D Field Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, pre -coat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series 'Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile' that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. CERAMIC TILE 09310 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B TCA Installation Guidelines. TCA 'Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built -in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern. Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work to align with existing tile Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1 For tile mounted in sheets make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. F Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including control contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1 Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section Joint Sealants. G Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following tile installation standards. 1 For chemical- resistant epoxy grouts comply with ANSI A108 6 H. Where indicated install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with ANSI A108 11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. 3 4 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards 1 For installations indicated below follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger c. Tile floors composed of rib backed tiles. B Joint Widths. Install tile on floors with the following joint widths. 1 Quarry Tile. To match existing. CERAMIC TILE 09310 8 3 5 WALL TILE INSTALLATION 3 6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING 3 8 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Wall Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting bed standards. B Joint Widths. Install tile on walls with the following joint widths: 1 Quarry Tile. To align with floor tile joints. A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter 1 Remove epoxy grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3 Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. B When recommended by tile manufacturer apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining damage, and wear C Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3 7 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation QT -1 Chemical- resistant interior floor installation on concrete, chemical resistant, water cleanable, tile- setting and grouting epoxy on cured cement mortar bed bonded to concrete sub -floor epoxy grout; TCA F132 and ANSI A108.6 1 Tile Type. Unglazed quarry tile. 2. Grout: Chemical- resistant, water cleanable, tile- setting and grouting epoxy A. Tile Installation QT 1 Chemical- resistant interior wall installation over cementitious backer units, thin -set mortar epoxy grout. 1 Tile Type Unglazed quarry tile. 2. Thin -Set Mortar Dry-set Portland cement mortar 3 Grout: Epoxy grout. CERAMIC TILE 09310 9 END OF SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 09310 10 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following: 1 Exposed exterior items and surfaces. 2. Exposed interior items and surfaces. 3 Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1 Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding) hangers exposed steel and ironwork, and primed metal surfaces of me- chanical and electrical equipment. C Do not paint pre finished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces operating parts, and labels. D Related Sections include the following 1 Division 8 Section 'Detention Doors and Frames' for shop priming steel doors and frames. 2. Division 9 Section 'Gypsum Board' for surface preparation for gypsum board. 3 Division 16 Painting of electrical work is specified in Division 16 13 DEFINITIONS A. General Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1 Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60- degree meter 3 Satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter 4 Semi -gloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter PAINTING 09900 1 14 SUBMITTALS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 5. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers. 1 Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each ma- terial and cross reference specific coating, finish system, and application Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information. Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling storing and applying each coating material pro- posed for use. 3 Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) B Samples for Verification. Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate ac- tual conditions on representative Samples of the actual substrate 1 Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and pri- mers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review Resubmit until re- quired sheen, color and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application C Qualification Data. For firms and persons specified in the 'Quality Assurance' Article to demon- strate their capabilities and experience Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information speci- fied. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications. Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting sys- tem applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance B Source Limitations. Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating sys- tem from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C Benchmark Samples (Mockups) Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5 Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. 1 The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. a. Wall Surfaces. Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of wall surface b. Small Areas and Items. The Architect will designate an item or area as required. 2. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated apply coatings in this room or to each surface according to the Schedule or as specified. Pro- vide required sheen, color and texture on each surface. PAINTING 09900 2 3 Final approval of colors will be from job applied samples. a. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and con- tainers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information. 1 Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type) 3 Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4 Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5 Thinning instructions. 6 Application instructions. 7 Color name and number 8. VOC content. B Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition free of foreign materials and residue 1 Protect from freezing Keep storage area neat and orderly Remove oily rags and waste daily Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F B Apply solvent- thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surround- ing air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F C Do not apply paint in snow rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1 Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during applica- tion and drying periods. 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quan- tities described below Package, paint materials in un- opened, factory- sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner 1 Quantity Furnish the Owner with an additional 2 percent, but not Tess than 1 gal. or 1 case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied. PAINTING 09900 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorpo- rated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the paint schedules B Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products in the paint schedules. C Manufacturers Names. The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are shown in parentheses. 1 Miller Paint Company (Miller) 2. PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG) 3 Pratt Lambert, Inc. (P L) 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS GENERAL A. Material Compatibility Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B Material Quality Provide manufacturer's best quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1 Proprietary Names. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations in the Paint Color Schedule at the end of Part 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. 1 Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and sur- faces receiving paint are thoroughly dry 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and condi- tions within a particular area. B Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compati- bility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteris- tics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. PAINTING 09900 4 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over sub- strates primed by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fix tures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1 After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved B Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning 1 Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C Surface Preparation. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturers writ- ten instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1 Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re- prime. 2. Cementitious Materials. Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster and mineral fiber- reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence chalk, dust, dirt, grease oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer b Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application Do not paint surfaces where mois- ture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3 Ferrous Metals. Clean un- galvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use sol- vent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and ac cording to requirements of SSPC -SP 10 b Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. D Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written in- structions. 1 Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. PAINTING 09900 5 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary remove surface film and strain material before using. 3 Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each under -coat, a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when mul- tiple coats of the same material are applied Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3 3 APPLICATION CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1 Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture scuffed surfaces, or conditions detri- mental to formation of a durable paint film. 3 Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used 4 The term 'exposed surfaces' includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection 5 Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed sur- faces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, non specular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7 Paint backside of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed sur faces. 8 Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, side edges, and interior faces, the same as exte- rior faces. B Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or other- wise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent sur- face deterioration 1 The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of applica- tion method Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recom- mended by the manufacturer If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions and sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3 If undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thick ness equivalent to that of flat surfaces 4 Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not re -coat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion C Application Procedures. Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller spray or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. PAINTING 09900 6 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied Use brush of appro- priate size for the surface or item being painted 2. Rollers. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3 Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D Minimum Coating Thickness* Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommend- ed spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. F Prime Coats. Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Re -coat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other de- fects due to insufficient sealing G Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes. Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color appearance and coverage. Cloudiness spotting holi- days, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be accept- able H Completed Work: Match approved samples for color texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied 1 The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor 2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as re- quired by the Owner a. Quantitative material analysis. b Abrasion resistance. c. Apparent reflectivity d. Flexibility e. Washability f Absorption. g. Accelerated weathering h. Dry opacity Accelerated yellowness. Re- coating. k. Skinning I. Color retention m. Alkali and mildew resistance. PAINTING 09900 7 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 3 The Owner may direct the Contractor to stop painting if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements. The Contractor shall remove non- complying paint from the site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if on repainting with specified paint, the 2 coatings are incompatible. 3 5 CLEANING A. Cleanup At the end of each workday paint materials from the site. 1 After completing painting, clean paint by washing and scraping. surfaces. 3 6 PROTECTION 3 7 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B Provide Wet Paint' signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1 At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 A. Concrete Stucco and Masonry (Other than Concrete Masonry Units) Provide the following finish systems over exterior concrete, stucco, and brick masonry surfaces. 1 Low Luster Acrylic Finish (To match existing sheen) 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Alkali- resistant, exterior acrylic -latex primer applied at spreading rate rec- ommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not Tess than 1 3 mils. 1) Miller 6040 Kril Primer Sealer 2) PPG 6 -603 Speedhide Interior /Exterior Acrylic Latex Alkali Resistant Pri- mer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime 1 Multi- Purpose 100 Percent Acrylic Primer b First and Second Coats. Low luster (eggshell or satin) exterior acrylic -latex paint applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a,total dry film thickness of not less than 2.3 mils. 1) Miller 5700 Kril Coat Velvet. 2) PPG 76 Line Sun -Proof Exterior House Trim Acrylic Satin Latex. 3) P L. Z/F 1800 Series Aqua -Shell Exterior Latex Eggshell Paint. PAINTING 09900 8 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal Primer is not required on shop primed items. 1 Semi gloss, Acrylic Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a rust inhibitive primer a. Primer Rust inhibitive metal primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1 3 mils. 1) Miller 468 Rust Control Primer 2) PPG 6 -208 Speedhide Interior /Exterior Rust Inhibitive Steel Primer 3) P L. S/D 1009 Suprime '9' Interior /Exterior Alkyd Metal Primer b First and Second Coats. Semi gloss, exterior acrylic -latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick- ness of not less than 2.6 mils 3 8 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 1) Miller 7200 Acrinamel Semi Gloss. 2) PPG 78 Line Sun -Proof Semi -Gloss Acrylic Latex House and Trim Paint. 3) P L. Z/F 3100 Series Aqua Royal Latex House Trim Finish. A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces 1 Semi gloss, Acrylic Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. 1) Miller 6020 High Solids PVA Primer Sealer 2) PPG 17 10 Quick -Drying Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Primer Sealer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime '1 100 Percent Acrylic Multi- Purpose Primer b. First and Second Coats. Semi gloss, acrylic latex, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick ness of not less than 2.6 mils. 1) Miller 8480 Series Performance Semi Gloss. 2) PPG: 88 -110 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall Trim Lo- Lustre Semi -Gloss Latex. 3) P L. Z/F 4100 Series Accolade Interior Semi Gloss. 2. Semi gloss, Alkyd Enamel Finish. 2 finish coats over a primer a. Primer Latex based, interior primer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils 1) Miller 6020 High Solids PVA Primer Sealer 2) PPG 17 10 Quick -Dry Interior Latex Primer Sealer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime '1 100 Percent Acrylic Multi- Purpose Primer b First and Second Coats. Odorless, semi gloss, alkyd, interior enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick- ness of not less than 2.6 mils. PAINTING 09900 9 3 Semi gloss, Waterborne -Epoxy Finish 2 finish coats over a primer 3 9 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE A. P -1 Color to Match Color Guild #3857 'Linen White B P -2: Color to Match Existing Hollow Metal Door Door Frame Color END OF SECTION 09900 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1) Miller 6750 Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel 2) PPG 27 Line Wallhide Low Odor Interior Enamel Wall and Trim Semi Gloss Oil 3) P L. S/D 5700 Cellu -Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel. a. Primer Premium, 100 percent acrylic, penetrating pigmented primer /sealer applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less than 2 mils. 1) Miller 6040 Kril Primer Sealer 2) PPG 6 -603 Speedhide Interior /Exterior Acrylic Latex Alkali Resistant Pri- mer 3) P L. Z/F 1001 Suprime '1 100 Percent Acrylic Multi- Purpose Primer b First and Second Coats: Odorless semi gloss, waterborne epoxy applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thick- ness of not Tess than 3 mils per coat. 1) Miller 4200 Waterborne Epoxy Coating 2) PPG Aquapon 35 Polyamide Epoxy Coating. 3) PPG Pitt-Glaze WB Water -Borne Acrylic Epoxy PAINTING 09900 10 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 SECTION 11400 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes equipment for foodservice facilities indicated on the Drawings B Related Sections include the following 1 1 Division 3 Section 'Cast -in -Place Concrete (Limited Applications)' for the following: a. Equipment bases. 2. Division 16 Sections for connections to wiring disconnect switches, and other electrical I materials required to complete foodservice equipment installation. 13 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1 Manufacturer's model number 1 2. Options, accessories, and components that will be included for Project. 3 Clearance requirements for access and maintenance. 4 Utility service connections for water drainage, power and fuel; include roughing -in dimensions. B Shop Drawings For fabricated equipment. Include plans, elevations, sections roughing -in dimensions, fabrication details, utility service requirements and attachments to other work. C Coordination Drawings. For foodservice facilities. 1 Indicate locations of foodservice equipment and connections to utilities. 2. Key equipment using same designations as indicated on Drawings. 3 Include plans and elevations; clearance requirements for equipment access and 111 maintenance details of support for equipment; and utility service characteristics. 4 Include details of seismic bracing for equipment. D Operation and Maintenance Data: For foodservice equipment to include in emergency operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures' include the following: 1 Product Schedule. For each foodservice equipment item, include the following: 1 a. Designation indicated on Drawings. FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 1 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES b. Manufacturer's name and model number c. List of factory- authorized service agencies including their addresses and telephone numbers. E. Warranty Special warranty specified in this Section A. NSF Standards. Provide equipment that bears NSF Certification Mark or UL Classification Mark certifying compliance with applicable NSF /ANSI standards. B UL Certification. Provide electric equipment and components that are evaluated by UL for fire, electric shock, and casualty hazards according to applicable safety standards and that are UL certified for compliance and labeled for intended use. C Regulatory. Requirements. Install equipment to comply with the following. 1 ASHRAE 15 'Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration 2. NFPA 70 'National Electrical Code D Seismic Restraints. Comply with the SMACNA 'Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines, Appendix A, 'Seismic Restraint Details, unless otherwise indicated. 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements Indicate measurements on Coordination Drawings. 16 COORDINATION A. Coordinate foodservice equipment layout and installation with other work, including lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and fire- suppression system components. B Coordinate location and requirements of utility service connections. C Coordinate size, location, and requirements of the following: 1 Equipment bases. 17 WARRANTY A. Refrigeration Compressor Warranty Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace compressors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1 Failure includes, but is not limited to inability to maintain set temperature. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection. 1 Available Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to manufacturers specified 3 Basis -of- Design Product: The design for foodservice equipment item is based on the product named Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified 2.2 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Materials. 1 Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666 with No 4 finish (directional satin finish) on exposed surfaces. B Stainless -Steel Shelf Unit: E7A E7B 1 Basis -of- Design Product: See Drawing Equipment Schedule. 2.3 WALK -IN REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Walk -in Refrigeration Unit: E30 1 Manufacturer a. Polar Panels Larkin. 2. Description: Freezer 10 foot by 8 foot by 8 foot high with 36 -inch wide door 3. Wall and Ceiling Panels. 3 1/2 -inch thick, interlocking insulating panels. 4 Floors. Field installed; provide manufacturer's standard insulated floor screed. 5 Doors: a. Hinges. Self closing and spring loaded, three per door b. Latch: Edge- mounted, positive -type latch with cylinder lock. 1) Include safety- release handle that opens door from inside when door is locked. c. Options and Accessories 1) Vision port. 2) Pressure relief port. 3) Threshold Stainless steel factory installed. 4) Anti condensate heater at freezer doors. FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 5) Electric defrost heater 60hz. 6 Exposed Exterior Finish. Stucco patterned aluminum. 7 Unexposed Exterior Finish. Stucco patterned galvanized steel. 8. Interior Finish. Smooth, mill finished aluminum. 9 Vapor -proof Lighting Fixtures Incandescent fixture with 100 -W lamp a. Control: Neon pilot light and toggle switch located on exterior of door panel. b Quantity One per compartment, located on door panel 10 Refrigeration System: Remote system with pre assembled condensing unit and evaporator assemblies. a. Exterior Condensing Units. Include winter control, crankcase heater and enclosed weatherproof housing. b Operating Temperature. 0° F to minus 10° F 11 Temperature Monitoring System. Electronic monitoring and remote audible alarm system that warns when temperatures exceed 10 deg F above or below set temperature. 12. Closure Panels and Trim: Match exposed exterior finish of panels. 2.4 WAREWASHING EQUIPMENT A. Ware- washing Machine. El 1 Basis -of- Design Product: See Drawing Equipment Schedule. 2. Description: Dishwashing, single tank. a. Capacity 58 racks per hour 3 Options and Accessories. a. Booster heater b End of cycle audible alarm. c. 3/4 -inch pressure regulator valve. 4 Electrical Service Equip unit for connection to existing electrical service, verify prior to ordering equipment. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Installation Accessories, General: NSF certified for end -use application indicated B Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920 Type S (single component) Grade NS (non -sag) Class 25 Use NT (non traffic) related to exposure, and Use M G A, or 0 as applicable to joint substrates indicated. 1 Public Health and Safety Requirements a. Sealant is certified for compliance with NSF standards for end -use application indicated. FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 4 2. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330 Type C closed -cell polyethylene, in diameter larger than joint width. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. Install foodservice equipment level and plumb according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Connect equipment to utilities. 2. Provide cutouts in equipment, neatly formed where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. B Complete equipment assembly where field assembly is required. 1 Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler C Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances that comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D Install cabinets and similar equipment in a bed of sealant. E. Install closure -trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. F Install joint sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Produce airtight, watertight, vermin -proof sanitary joints. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. After completing installation of equipment, repair damaged finishes. B Clean and adjust equipment as required to produce ready- for -use condition. C Protect equipment from damage during remainder of the construction period 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain foodservice equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section 'Closeout Procedures. END OF SECTION 11400 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES b Washed and cured sealant complies with the FDA's regulations for use in areas that come in contact with food. FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 DESCRIPTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B This Work is Design /Build. 1 3 SCOPE OF WORK 14 DRAWINGS CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section is specifically applicable to the Basic Electrical Requirements, in addition to Division 01 General Requirements. B The General Conditions and General Requirements (Division 01) apply to this Section. C This Section also includes provisions from Sections 16050 16110 16120 16140 and 16450 A. A completed operating installation of all electrical systems specified and required to accommodate New Walk -in Freezer and connection of New and Existing Food Service Equipment, as well as New Power Supply at BA Room 2714 shall be provided. All installations shall be in strict compliance with the Specifications, Drawings, General Conditions and Contract Terms, all applicable current State and Local Codes and Ordinances In case of conflicts the quality deemed best by the Owners Representative will govern A. Contractor shall provide power systems design, low voltage conduit, labor and material construction services associated with the demolition and remodeling of the Project indicated in the Drawings. Reference Architectural drawings for Area of Work. B A State of Washington Licensed Supervising Electrician whom complies with State of Washington Requirements shall provide the Electrical design. C Refer to Architectural Drawings for some required equipment, etc. B Contractor is to verify requirements and submit and obtain approval from Washington State Bureau of Labor and Industries if required. Contractor is responsible for paying all costs for obtaining a permit. A. Prepare and submit electrical floor plans to the Architect on reproducible bond Architectural 11 x 17' drawings after gaining approval from Washington State Bureau of Labor and Industries. Submit drawings on a disc in electronic format using AutoCAD version 2000 Show all details legibly and neatly Architect to provide floor plan in electronic format for Contractors use. B Prior to final acceptance of this Work the Contractor shall submit the following to the Architect: GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 1 1 8 GUARANTEE AND CLEAN -UP PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Electrical Design Drawings. 2. Record Drawings. 3 Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 4 Certificates of Code Authority Acceptance. 5 Contractors Labor and Material Warrantees. 6 Other project documentation specified herein. 1 5 CODES AND PERMITS A. This Work shall comply with the latest Rules and Regulations of the State and Local Authorities Having Jurisdiction National Electrical Code, International Fire and Building Codes. B Obtain and pay for all required permits, plan check charges and certificates. Deliver Certificates of Acceptance from the Code Enforcing Authorities to the Architect. 1 6 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CRAFTS A. Cooperate with other crafts (or contracts) as may be necessary for the proper execution of this Work. B Coordinate with Owner's low voltage vendor Provide and install 3/4 -inch diameter conduit for all devices indicated in Drawings. 1 7 INSPECTION OBSERVATION AND TESTS A. Provide one (1) journeyman, tools, meters, instruments and other test equipment required to properly complete the Work. Contractor to remove and replace trims, covers, fixtures, etc. and test materials, systems, methods and Workmanship in the presence of the Architect for final review at completion of this Work. A. Keep tools and materials in an orderly manner throughout the construction period. Upon completion of this Work; remove all excess materials, tools, dirt and debris from the job site. B. Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Work in clean, dust -free and proper Working order C Without additional charge, replace any Work or material, which develops defects, except from abuse, within one (1) year from acceptance unless otherwise noted 1 9 SPREAD OF FIRE OR PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION A. Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical shafts and ventilation or air handling ducts shall be so made that the possible spread of fire or products of combustion will not be substantially increased. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16000 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS (Performance Specification) 16000 3 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 1 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Scratched marred or deformed materials will not be accepted. B Fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes stored in or exposed to rain, water dust, dirt or snow are not acceptable. 1.2 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Electrical materials shall be of the type and quality indicated new listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, and shall bear their label wherever standards have been established and they regularly furnish label service. 13 MANUFACTURER A. Like items shall be from one manufacturer i.e fixture types, switches receptacles, breakers panels, etc. 1 4 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to completion of the job and before final payment, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect three (3) sets of operating and maintenance brochures for equipment installed. Operating and maintenance brochures shall include descriptive and technical data, maintenance and operation procedures, wiring diagrams, spare parts lists, service representative, supplier for replacement parts, etc. B Assemble data into individual sets and bind into plastic- covered, hard backed, loose -leaf binders arranged for side binding. Segregate respective items into related groups (starters, fixtures, etc.) and provide index tab for each group. C At the completion of project, and at a time scheduled by the Architect, assemble key mechanics, vendors, factory representatives and similar personnel required to explain all facets of maintenance and operation of the installed system to the operating personnel Instructions shall include actual operation of systems and methods of maintenance. D Provide all incidentals, hangers, brackets, supports, framing, backing, signal transformers, relays, etc. required to complete the system or systems, in a safe and satisfactory Working condition, shall be provided and installed as part of this Work. E. All openings associated with this Work shall be seated with EPO -TEC product number 200 1 5 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 1 1 6 WIRING METHOD A. Wiring throughout area shall be metallic concealed raceway system with flush mounted outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. B All Work shall be executed in a Workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and mechanical appearance upon completion. C Cable and tree all wiring in panels, enclosures, and cabinets, for power and signal. Use plastic ties in panels, enclosures, cabinets, and all open cable or wire installations. D Wet, and Damp Location. Comply with Code requirements. E. Recondition or replace any damage to this Work or other crafts. A. Provide Raychem ShrinkMark system Cable Markers. B Nameplates shall be engraved three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background. 1 7 ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA A. Branch circuit loading shall be as follows. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 1 Convenience outlets shall be calculated based upon a minimum of 200 volt- amperes per device. A maximum of 1 400 volt- amperes per 20- ampere 120V branch circuit shall be used. 2. Maximum .lighting Toad per 20- ampere 120V branch circuit shall not exceed 1 500 volt amperes. B Devices. 1 Electrical device locations are indicated on the Architectural and Electrical Drawings. 2. Branch circuits requiring extending and demolition shall be documented on Design /Build Drawings. C Construction Documents: 1 Provide neat, legible design scaled drawings to the Architect. Drawing to include symbol schedule, power lighting and fire alarm system wiring details. 2. The electrical devices will be shown on the drawings circuited with home runs to respective panels. The phase conductor shall be shown as small line, the neutral conductor shall be shown as a larger line, and the ground conductor shall be shown as in figure 1 Figure 1 3 There shall be one power and signal floor plan with device and fire alarm branch circuiting shown. 4 Provide symbol, fixture and panel schedules on the drawings. 5 Record Drawings shall show all fixtures with types and all electrical devices with circuit numbers. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 2 1 8 LOCATION AND INSTALLATION 1 10 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE 1 11 WIRE IDENTIFICATION 112 SUPPORTS PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16050 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES A. Distance of device outlet boxes above finished floor shall comply with ADA Disabilities Act, and at locations approved by the Architect. 1 9 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and tape labels. B Install nameplates and tape labels parallel to equipment lines. C Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws rivets, or adhesive Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panel board doors in finished locations. D Install branch circuit tape labels inside duplex receptacle finish plates. A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical power distribution, fire alarm, and receptacles. Letter Height shall be 1/4 inch for main distribution panel, panel boards, and disconnect switches, and 1/8 inch for all other equipment. A. Provide wire markers on each conductor at Toad connections, panel boards pull boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. A. Conduits shall be supported from the structure Penetration of roof deck is not permitted for hangers, clamps, etc. Provide metal conduit, pipe hangers /supports, and straps. Supports to provide (5) times ultimate weight of equipment to be supported. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS (Performance Specification) 16050 3 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 16110 CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 CONDUITS AND SURFACE METAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. Provide Raceways and Conduits of specified types for all Electrical System Wiring. All Fittings Boxes, Hangers and Appurtenances shall be included. B Manufacturer Triangle National Allied, Carlon Greenfield or approved. 14 BOXES 1 Zinc coated Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (E.M T 2. Galvanized, interlocked Steel flexible metallic Conduit and liquid- tight. 1.2 FITTINGS A. Manufacturer Appleton Efcor Midwest, Raco T B Steel City or approved 1 Threaded, insulated throat or plastic Bushings. 2. Insulated grounding Bushings. 3 Flex Connectors shall be malleable squeeze type 4 E.M T Steel Set Screw Connectors and /or Couplings. 13 FASTENERS A. Manufacturer Caddy Minerallac or approved. 1 Con clips for support of Thin -wall Conduit or flexible metallic Conduit. 2. Conduit Clips for support of Conduit outside Beams. 3 EMT two hole Straps for support of Conduit from structure. 4 EMT Jiffy Clips for support of Flex Conduit. A. Manufacturer Raco, Steel -City Bell, Hubbell, Appleton or approved. 1 Galvanized stamped steel with screw ears and knock out plugs, mounting type as required, 4 W x 1 1/2' D minimum. 2. Boxes exposed to weather and installed in contact with earth shall be cast iron alloy with gasketed screw cover and watertight hubs. 3 Solid gang box covers single double as required and 3/4 inch. 4 Boxes exceeding 4 11/16 inch square shall be welded steel construction with screw cover 5 Mud ring depth to be coordinated with finished materials depth. 1 5 CONDUIT SIZING ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) 16110 1 A. Conceal all Conduits in finished spaces. CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES B All conduits are to be securely supported and fastened at six (6) foot intervals and within eighteen (18) inches of every outlet, ell, and panel termination. Conduit runs, which are grouped together or larger than 1 -1/4 inch, are to be supported from building structure by Kindorf or Unistrut steel channel. C Conduit may be sized to the minimum National Electric Code. Minimum conduit trade size shall be 1/2 inch. D Maintain minimum 6 -inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 -inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, and heating appliances. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. 1 6 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Flexible metal conduit shall be installed at ventilating equipment. B All conduits shall be cut square reamed smooth and with all fittings drawn up tight. C Jacket flexible metal conduit shall be installed at locations exposed to weather or damp areas PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16110 CONDUITS RACEWAYS BOXES AND FITTINGS (Performance Specification) 16110 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES 11 CONDUCTORS A. Manufacturer Anaconda, Triangle, Hatfield, Rome or approved. B All Branch Circuit and Feeder Conductors shall be 600 -volt insulation Copper soft drawn C Insulation types approved shall be THW THHN and THWN Number 8 and larger shall be stranded Class B D The minimum Conductor size shall be number 12 AWG unless otherwise specified herein. E. Color -code all Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors in a consistent phase -to -phase manner Phases A -B -C left -to -right and phases A -B -C top -to- bottom. F Color coding of conductors. Phase -to -Phase Voltage 1 Phase A 1 Phase B 1 Phase C 1 Neutral 1 Ground Under 250 -volts 1 Black 1 Red 1 Blue 1 White 1 Green 1.2 CONNECTORS A. Branch Circuit Connectors shall be Scotch -Lok, Ideal Wire Nut, and Scotch 3M or approved 1 3 CABLE SPLICES A. Split -bolt, compression terminal, tool applied sleeves, Burndy Kearney or approved. B Vinyl plastic electrical tape, flame- retardant, equal to Scotch #33 or approved. C Termination lugs for number 12 AWG conductors and /or smaller shall be spade -flared tool applied. 1 4 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than 14 AWG for control wiring. B. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 -volt branch circuit home runs longer than 75 feet. C Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway D Splice only in junction or outlet boxes. E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panel boards. CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) 16120 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16120 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES F Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal. 1 5 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage. B Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. C Conductors routed through fluorescent fixtures mounted in a continuous row shall have an insulation rating not less than 90° Celsius. Conductors shall be rated as fixture wire. 1 6 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS (Performance Specification) 16120 2 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 11 MATERIALS A. Wiring Devices shall be specification grade, Ivory color B Acceptable grade Devices to those specified will be Pass Seymour Leviton, Hubbell or equal All Duplex Receptacles installed shall be of the same Manufacturer and have identical appearance C Receptacles. 1 Duplex 20 ampere, 3 -wire, 2 -pole Grounding Hubbell 5362 series, Leviton 5362 series or equal. 1 2 INSTALLATION A. Install wall mounted convenience receptacles grounding pole on bottom. B Install devices and wall plates flush and level C Devices and Finish Plates shall be installed plumb with Building lines. Finish Plates and Devices shall not be installed until final painting is complete. Scratched or splattered Finish Plates and Devices will not be accepted. D Receptacles shall be tested for polarity PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES (Performance Specification) 16140 1 1.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 16450 CLALLAM COUNTY JAIL UPGRADES SECTION 16450 GROUNDING (Performance Specification) PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Ground equipment enclosures, exposed non current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, and duplex receptacle grounds A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. GROUNDING (Performance Specification) 16450 1 i. VICINITY MAP FORT ANGELES CLALLAM COUNTY PROJECTS %621002CH, %621003CH, 41641003CH #641004CH HARBOR P 114 ANG ELES JAIL UPGRADES bl Cava 1 ti 223 EAST FOURTH PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON DESIGN TEAM OWNER Canty of Claim Washington 223_East -Forth at, Suite 7 Port Angeles Washington 98362 Contact Joel Ci Voinborn, Director Clalam County Parks, Far Faalitiee ph 360.4172429 jwnborn.co.dalamwa.us Archtect Beaman Architecture, ltd. P.O. box 86038 Portland, OR 97286 Contact Michael Beaman, ArcNtect mbabeamanarchaxn tek 5032362300 fax 5032399191 VF I I 1 1 1 i1 ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS BRICK CERAMIC TILE CONCRETE CONCRETE BLOCK EARTH GYPSUM BOARD INSULATION BLANKET L <I METAL PLYWOOD WATER PROOFING WOOD BLOCKING WOOD BLKG. CONT INSULATION RIGID INDEX OF DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL SHEET Na A0 -00 A0 -01 Al -00 Al -01 A1-02 A2 -00 A2 -01 A9 -01 A9 -02 A9 -03 SHEET TITLE COVER INDEX COVER ABBREVIATIONS AREA PLAN REFERENCE PLAN KITCHEN DEMOLITION PLAN BA ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN KITCHEN ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN BA ROOM ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN BA ROOM DOOR DETAILS BA ROOM DOOR DETAILS KITCHEN DETAILS co Z O w 0 w 7 w zX Z O I- O C-6 7 H o0 U' w Z CO) CO O Q Z l c U-I 0 Z LU w L'0'!' W O N U w D 5 MC9Z ?o Q d Q wo J D O w J U Q LLw m ix I- Z FO 0 0 W w O F a O z= z ZQ Z w Q m 0 0 J 2 m W m O Z LL O O O CC O O J N Q w O m F OO Z J g z z _g m J 0 a w O c v) M u 0 W CC LJ ABBREVIATIONS 'L (E) (N) (R) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A.B. ACOUS. ADJ A.F.F AGGR. ALT ALUM. ANOD APPROX ARCH ASPH. BD BITUM BLDG BLK. BLKG. BOIC B 0.1.0 BOT CB C G. C.I. C I.P C.J C.M.0 C0 CT CAB CEM. CL. CLG. CLR. COL. CONC CONN. CONSTR. CONT CORR. CTR. DF DSP DBL. DEPT DET DIA. DIM. DISP DR. DS. DWG. AND ANGLE AT CENTERLINE CHANNEL POUND EXISTING NEW REMOVE ANCHOR BOLT ACOUSTICAL ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AGGREGATE ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT BOARD BITUMINOUS BUILDING BLOCK BLOCKING BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY OWNER BOTTOM CATCH BASIN CORNER GUARD CAST IRON CAST -IN -PLACE CONTROL JOINT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CASED OPENING CERAMIC TILE CABINET CEMENT CENTERLINE CEILING CLEAR COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CORRIDOR CENTER DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRY STANDPIPE DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DETAIL DIAMETER DIMENSION DISPENSER DOOR DOWNSPOUT DRAWING DWR. E. E.J E.P E.W C EA. EFS EIFS EL. ELEC. ELEV EMER. ENCL. ENGR. EQ. EQPT EXP EXPO EXT F.A. FD F E. F E.0 F.F.E. F.H C FOC FOF FOS FDN. FIN FL. FLASH FLEX. FLUOR. FPRF F.R. FT FTG. FURR. FUT G.B GVP G W B. GA. GALV GL. GND GR. GYP H.B HC H.M. H.P HDWD HDWE. HR. HORIZ. HT DRAWER EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EACH EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM ELEVATION ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR EMERGENCY ENCLOSURE ENGINEER EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXPANSION EXPOSED EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CAB. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FIRE HOSE CABINET FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF FINISH FACE OF STUD FOUNDATION FINISH FLOOR FLASHING FLEXIBLE FLUORESCENT FIREPROOF FIRE RESISTIVE FOOT OR FEET FOOTING FURRING FUTURE GRAB BAR GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER GYPSUM WALL BOARD GAUGE GALVANIZED GRIDLINE GROUND GRADE GYPSUM HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE HOLLOW METAL HIGH POINT HARDWOOD HARDWARE HOUR HORIZONTAL HEIGHT I.D IN. INSUL. INT INV JAN. JT KIT L.P LAB. LAM. LAV LKR. LT M.0 MAT MAX. MECH MEMB MET MFD MFR. MH MIN. MIR. MISC MTD MUL. N. N.I C N.T S NO NOM. N.A. O.A. 0C OD OBS OPNG. OPP PLAM. PL. PLAS PLBG. PLYWD PR. PT P QTY R. R.D R.0 RB. RECT REF REFR. REINF REQ'D RESIL. RM. INSIDE DIAMETER (DIM.) INCH INSULATION INTERIOR INVERT JANITOR JOINT KITCHEN LOW POINT LABORATORY LAMINATE LAVATORY LOCKER LIGHT MASONRY OPENING MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEMBRANE METAL MANUFACTURED MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MINIMUM MIRROR MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTED MULLION NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE NUMBER NOMINAL NOT APPLICABLE OVERALL ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OR OVERFLOW DRAIN OBSCURE OPENING OPPOSITE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLATE PLASTER PLUMBING PLYWOOD PAIR POINT PAINT QUANTITY RISER ROOF DRAIN ROUGH OPENING RUBBER BASE RECTANGULAR REFERENCE REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED REQUIRED RESILIENT ROOM S SOUTH S C SOLID CORE S F SQUARE FOOT OR FEET S S STAINLESS STEEL SCHED SCHEDULE SEC SECRETARY SECT SECTION SH. SHELF SHT SHEET SHWR. SHOWER SIM. SIMILAR SMACNA SHEET METAL AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOC SPEC SPECIFICATION SPKR. SPEAKER SQ. SQUARE STA. STATION STAG. STAGGERED STD STANDARD STL. STEEL STOR. STORAGE STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED SYM SYMMETRICAL T &G. TONGUE AND GROOVE T C. T 0.B TOC T O.M. T 0.P T O.R. T 0.S TOW TP THK. THRES TRD TYP U N.0 UNF VG VIF VENT VERT VEST W WC W G. WP W S. W/ WP WT TOP OF CURB TOP OF BEAM TOP OF CONCRETE TOP OF MASONRY TOP OF PARAPET TOP OF ROOFING TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TOP OF PAVEMENT THICK THRESHOLD TREAD TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNFINISHED VERTICAL GRAIN VERIFY IN FIELD VENTILATION VERTICAL VESTIBULE WEST WATER CLOSET WIRE GLASS WALL PROTECTION WEATHER STRIPPING WITH WATERPROOF WEIGHT ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS COLUMN LINE 0 ROOM TITLE ELEVATION SECTION DETAIL WALLS GLAZING L:J CEILING HEIGHT DOOR NUMBER STATION POINT PROPERTY LINE OFFICE KEY NOTES (000) TYPE OF GLAZING (SEE SCHEDULE) HORIZONTAL BLINDS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) 9 1 EXISTING /NEW DEMO IF APPLICABLE LJ N ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE ELEVATION IS DRAWN SECTION IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE SECTION IS DRAWN DETAIL IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN AREA SHOWN ON LARGE SCALE DETAIL TYPE OF WALL (SEE WALL TYPE LEGEND) FRAMES FRAME TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) FRAME (SEE SHEET Al2) EQ ELEVATION AFF P E- ----FINISH, SEE SCHEDUL DOOR SUFFIX FOR MULTIPLE DOORS ROOM NUMBER WHERE DOOR OCCURS w J m z 0 w w 0 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. E# EQUIP NO E30 E31 E32 E33 EQUIP DESRIPTION NEW WALK -IN FREEZER (E) WALK -IN FREEZER TO REMAIN NEW SLAB- MOUNTED FREEZER COMPRESSOR. CONC. SLAB TO BE 4' TCK. (E) SLAB- MOUNTED FREEZER COMPRESSOR TO REMAIN ARCHITECTURAL KEY NOTES A# KEY NOTE NO KEY NOTE DESRIPTION: A001 NEATLY PENETRATE (E) EXTERIOR WALL FOR NEW PIPING CONDUIT SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS WITH POLYURETHANE SEALANT A002 TEMPORARY STORAGE SPACE FOR EQUIPMENT OR DRY GOODS. 9 71 r 4 (1- 71 CENTRALI CONTROL LEL.' 1/16 =1 -0' VEHICLE SALLYPORT 2434 I I 0 0 DRY SITORAGE 12287 O LZ AREA FLOOR PLAN m z 0 w cr 0 w CO 7 w Z= Z 0? O E' IS o0 U' w L-- z o z co wa IT- w �Z w Q N Z w vi 0 Z cc o 0w w Q W z CO 2 o z ?o i t Q a Q Ill J J J U w Q w Q O .61 o O) a. m�t. I-- z °c W w p W C Z 0 F ZZa a Z m a (Jt m J w W O Z ti O O o o�oo F N O 0< N 1 �F Z U -J w w Q CO 1-d v 1 L a o cn .-m3° EXISTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. E# EQUIP NO. El E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 El 0 El 1 El 2 El 3 El 4 Ely El 6 El 7 El 8 El 9 E20 E21 E22 E23 E24 E25 E26 E27 E28 E29 EQUIP DESRIPTION (E) DISHWASHER; HOBART AM14 32614J TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW DISHWASHER; SALVAGE (E) DISHWASHER FOR OWNER'S USE. Ser# 27 173 -375; Voltage 200 -230, 60hz, 23.9 amps,3ph (E) ICE MACHINE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED BY OWNER. (E) 24 "x36' S.S. TABLE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) HOT WATER DISPENSOR TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) REACH -IN REFRIGERATOR TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) 2' -6 "X9' 1 S.S. COUNTER SINK UNIT TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) PLAM SHELVING AND BRACKETS TO BE REMOVED. (E) ELECTRIC GRIDDLE STAND TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) ELECTRIC GRIDDLE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) ELECTRIC RANGE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) ELECTRIC CONVECTION OVENS TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) HOOD ASSEMBLY TO REMAIN. (E) STEAM TABLE ASSEMBLY TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) 2' 1 'X4' -0' S.S. TABLE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED BY OWNER. (E) 2' -6 "X7' 11 S.S. TABLE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED BY OWNER. (E) CONVEYOR TOASTER TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED BY OWNER. (E) MICROWAVE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) 2'- 0 "X7' -0' S.S. TABLE TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) 2'- 0 "X5' -6' S.S. COUNTER SINK UNIT TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) U.C. DISPOSAL TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) 2'- 6 "X6' -2' S.S. COUNTER TO BE MODIFIED TO FIT AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) 2'- 0 "X5' -7' S.S. COUNTER 1 SINK UNIT TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) U.C. DISPOSAL TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) HOOD AUTO -CLEAN SYSTEM CAB. TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) WASH -DOWN HOSE ASSEMBLY TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED. (E) DISHWASHER CHEMICALS TO BE MOVED AND RE- INSTALLED (E) KNIFE CABINET TO REMAIN. (E) WALK -IN COOLER TO REMAIN; ALLOW ACCESS FOR KITCHEN STAFF DEMO KEY NOTES (D# KEY NOTE NO. KEY NOTE DESRIPTION: D001 PUMMEL AND REMOVE (E) 2' THICK GROUT BED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW QUARRY TILE INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN. D002 (E) QUARRY TILE SEE SHEET A2-00 D003 (E) FLOOR DRAIN COVER TO BE REMOVED, CLEANED AND RE- INSTALLED D004 (E) ELECTRICAL BOLLARD TO REMAIN D005 (E) 36' PLAM BACKSPLASH TO BE REMOVED PATCH WALL. D006 (E) 48' PLAM BACKSPLASH 24' PLYWD. TO BE REMOVED; PATCH WALL. D007 (E) 48' PLAM BACKSPLASH TO BE REMOVED; PATCH WALL. D008 SMOKE DETECTOR ABOVE; SEE GENERAL NOTE. l E24 Imo �D003) E10 6 1 1 1 .4-fil. I i J E12 D004). (D003)---) '(DO07) KITCHEN I I 244 3 E201 E17 E19 (D008) E18 j� (DO06) AE27� A E1 E27 jib 002 (D003) II T5 E7) 3116 =1 -0' GENERAL NOTES: 1 PRIOR TO START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH CLALLAM COUNTY MAINTENANCE FOR SMOKE DETECTOR, ELECTRICAL AND WATER UTILITIES TEMPORARY SHUT -DOWN AND/OR VALVE LOCATIONS; (360) 417 -2340 or (360) 417 -2429. 2. DRY STORAGE 2287 AREA IS AVAILABLE FOR CONTRACTOR'S USE IN STORING SOME EQUIPMENT GENERALLY IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT CONTRACTOR WILL MOVE ONE -HALF OF THE EQUIPMENT IN ONE -HALF OF THE KITCHEN AREA, COMPLETE WORK AT THAT AREA, MOVE EQUIPMENT BACK AND DO THE SAME FOR THE OTHER ONE -HALF OF THE KITCHEN AREA. 3. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH FEDERAL FIRE SAFETY FOR FIRE PANEL SHUTDOWN: 360.457.3308. 4. EXISTING PHONE AND COMPUTER LINES ARE TO REMAIN; SHOULD THIS WIRING NEED TO BE TEMPORARILY MOVED OR DISRUPTED, CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT CLALLAM COUNTY IT DEPARTMENT THRU MAINTENANCE DEPT (360) 417 -2340 or (360) 417 2429 E29 I L LJI STORAGE 2415 III 1 `E28 E E15 TLT 2414 TLT 2413 SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT IS TO BE REMOVED TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF NEW WALL FINISH AND REINSTALLED VEHICLE SALLYPORT (D005)- 2434 NOTE: AT (E) FURRING INDICATED WITH HATCH, REMOVE QUARRY TILE BASE, SAW -CUT EXISTING 5/8' GWB FINISH REMOVE AT 24' A.F.F INSTALL NEW TILE BACKER BOARD, FIBERGLASS TAPE BACKER BOARD TO EXISTING GWB FINISH AND SMOOTH FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WALL FINISH INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN. NOTE. ALL EXISTING WALL -HUNG ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO MATCH EXISTING LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISHES. NOTE: ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND SWITCH FACEPLATES ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISH; INSTALL CODE- COMPLIANT EXTENSION AT ALL ELECTRICAL BOXES. KITCHEN DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN J N w D m z 0 w cc J 0 co 2 co C 0 w CO S_ Z r z 0 r 0 2 1 o= 0 wr z o� z U) w¢ )T. Ix o¢ zWVi a- 0 D 0 W <w ZU 2 oz zo a a wp J n U w Z r 5 p 0 J 0 -3 d LL w w I— Z I- U Ci wr iii Cr Li �pr< pz =Z O �cnU< a_ Z 1-< o :3 0 o C::) w N co O 1 cnrO z- z z w...e. azz� m w o <1.-E O c?¢ CO �m�C) 1 DEMO KEY NOTES D# 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KEY NOTE NO. KEY NOTE DESRIPTION: D001 (E) CMU WALL TO BE SAW -CUT AND REMOVED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME. D002 (E) 4' CONC. SIDE WALK AND CURB TO REMAIN D003 (E) CONC. WHEEL STOPS TO REMAIN. D004 (E) PLAM UPPER CABINETS TO BE REMOVED SALVAGE FOR RE -USE. D005 PROTECT ALL EXISTING FINISHES TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE. DEMOLITION LEGEND ITEMS SHOWN WITH A CONTINUOUS LINE ARE TO REMAIN ITEMS SHOWN WITH A DASHED LINE ARE TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. ti 1 1 OV DUPLEX WALL OUTLET TO BE REMOVED' REMOVE OUTLET BOX AND WIRING (TO PANEL OR JUNCTION BOX) a- 110V QUADRAPLEX WALL OUTLET (REFER TO NOTE ABOVE) TELEPHONE OR COMPUTER DATA WALL JACK TO BE REMOVED WALL SWITCH TO BE REMOVED 10 WALL— MOUNTED THERMOSTAT I GENERAL NOTES. 1 CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH CLALLAM COUNTY IT DEPT THRU MAINTENANCE DEPT FOR ANY DATA TELEPHONE WORK, (360) 417 2340 or (360) 417 2429. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COORDINATION AND COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK. 1 1 1 BREATH ANALYZER OFFICE ROOM 2418 2417 1 0 SHELLED AREA SEARCH 2416 ROOM 2419 —u CHAIN GANG STORAGE 2420 \----(D00 (D005) OS q 3/16 =1 -0' F__ (D002 /'(D003) 7 '0003) J c §o LL- /—N(D003) Q 0 r -ai 'L 1 m /(D003) BA ROOM DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN CO z 0 0) w cc 0 0 z w zX Z 0 I- C7) 1 5 O o= C9 w lx Z O U w a oa ZW(/j o z El D LLIJ i w 0z Zo Q Q W 0 J I— U w 4 go J W J 0 w IY O co O r0Hx I- U c> L LI w0r M Z 2 z -c-2) H- 5 CL Z.' Q z m a U m J m iLI (NI Zw s v Q U N N 1- 6 I T ~DC) 6 zr 25 13- L Z W g Z Z o 1- W p a w N F m 0 NEW EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. E# EQUIP NO. El E7A E7B ARCHITECTURAL KEY NOTES A# KEY NOTE NO. KEY NOTE DESRIPTION: A001 INSTALL NEW QUARRY TILE TO- MATCH- (E) -ON NEW GROUT BED' MATCH ELEVATION OF (E) INSTALLATION. A002 (E) QUARRY TILE TO BE STEAM CLEANED AND SEALED GENERAL NOTES: EQUIP DESRIPTION NEW DISHWASHER; HOBART AM 15T SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Voltage 208- 240,60hz 24.6amps,3ph. Accessories: 3 /4 press. regulator valve, Peg Rack, Sheet Pan Rack oty 2, Splash shield for corner insulation. NEW S.S. SHELVES, ADVANCE TABCO KD WALL SHELF INSTALL (2) NO. WS -KD-48 TO MATCH (E) LAYOUT NEW S.S. SHELVES, ADVANCE TABCO KD WALL SHELF INSTALL (3) NO. WS -KD-60 TO MATCH (E) LAYOUT 1 ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED ON SHEET A1-01 IS TO BE RE- INSTALLED, CONNECTED TO ALL UTILITIES AND COMPLETELY OPERATIONAL BY CONTRACTOR. I•■ a■ ■r ■■gee A001 1 ■.rn ■G••■k AIM= •k\ CJ 1 L J E7B 1 1 1 J I A9 -03 1 TYP n 0 u KITCHEN 2443 2 J I A9 -03 NOTE: AT (E) REPAIRED FURRING INDICATED WITH HATCH, INSTALL NEW QUARRY TILE BASE WITH 4' -0' WIDE X 8' -0' HIGH FRP PANELS SECURED TO EXISTING SUBSTRATE. ALL OTHER WALL SURFACES ARE TO BE CLEANED, PRIMED AND REPAINTED' CEILING IS TO REMAIN AS -IS. KITCHEN ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 3/16 =1 -0' L VEHICLE SALLYPORT 2434 C1 STORAGE 2415 TLT. 2414 TLT 2413 U W O fY F— O N T fD W 0 _O O z OD O m O w w Q 0 0 ma KEY NOTES (A# KEY NOTE NO. KEY NOTE DESRIPTION: A001 NEW HM DOOR FRAME WITH DIGITAL PAD ACCESS CONTROL BOTH SIDES OF DOOR. A002 NEW CONC. SIDEWALK MATCH FLOOR ELEVATION AND ADJACENT SIDEWALK ELEVATION. A003 NEW DURESS ALARM SYSTEM WITH ALARM AT CENTRAL CONTROL. TIE -IN TO EXISTING ALARM SYSTEM; VERIFY WITH OWNER. A004 (E) WOOD DOOR SUPPLIED INSTALLED BY OWNER; NEW HARDWARE BY CONTRACTOR; SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. A005 NEW 8' -0' H. FRP PANELS SECURED TO (E) FINISH A006 NEW LIGHT SWITCH TO BE MOTION SENSOR, HUBBEL #WS1277W OFFICE 2418 SEARCH ROOM 2419 CHAIN GANG STORAGE 2420 c ----(A005)TYP BREATH ANALYZER ROOM 2417 A004) SHELLED AREA 2416 ALL WALLS 2 1 A9 -021 (A003)\/ A006) 3116" =1 -0' 2 (Aa01) 417A 1 P. (A002) BA ROOM ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN W J 1- I— _O N 2 CTh m 0 w J 0 a m 0 0 w D w Zx z CD I- 0 3 o= U Ill Z o u) co w Q Y Z co O W W oikc o Z W 00 W Zw 0Z Zo a d a wp J I_ U w J CC d o Q L U J d U d LLwWL m Z O 1-- U U W w 0 F CC a �zx cc u) 0 a CC CL Z z z w Z m O a U Q m uJ m Z W LL O O U O H N U Q 0 I D FOO z N 2 z W� Z Z c7 w oa"'� CO ma1=a u) rm (E) 5/8" GWB TO REMAIN NEW METAL TRACK TO TERMINATE (E) FURRING; SAW -CUT AND REMOVED METAL FURRING AS REQUIRED SEALANT TYP HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT SOLID PAINT TYP 1 112 =1 -0' NEW GWB VERIFY WALL THICKNESS (E) 8' CMU, TO REMAIN J -MOLD PLASTER SCREED V (E) PLASTER LATH TO REMAIN r NEW PLASTER 1 LATH TO MATCH (E) NEW 22 GA. S.S. FLASHING, SECURE TO CMU f SEALANT EXTERIOR DOOR HEAD DETAIL CONT 18 GA. S.S. CLIP SECURE TO HM FRAME 1 15TH DOORTYPEA 114"=1 -0' GENERAL NOTES 1 SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 08322 'DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES' FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR DOORS AND FRAMES, NOTED HEREIN. 2. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, SPECIFICATION SECTION 08000 FOR SIZES, MATERIALS, DETAIL REFERENCE, HARDWARE REFERENCE, ETC. NOT NOTED HEREIN. FRAME, n PAINT TYP 4" HEAD (E) 5/8' GWB TO REMAIN NEW METAL TRACK TO TERMINATE (E) FURRING; SAW -CUT AND REMOVED METAL FURRING AS REQUIRED 1 112 =1 -0' VERIFY SEALANT TYP HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT SOLID; PAINT TYP NOTE. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR FRAME DETAIL REFERENCE; TYP HM FRAME TYPE 1 114 =1 -0' NEW GWB 1 15/1 VERIFY WALL THICKNESS KEY PAD r E el el EXTERIOR DOOR JAMB DETAIL MECH. o LOCKSET (E) 8' CMU, TO REMAIN (E) PLASTER LATH TO REMAIN NEW PLASTER LATH TO MATCH (E) 518 "0 X 6' EXPANSION ANCHORS, (4) PER JAMB. DIMPLE FRAME AND BONDO BACK, GRIND SMOOTH, PAINT SEALANT TYP 4S TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL BOX n_c LINE VOLTAGE IN f CEILING LEVEL 24V POWER SUPPLY J I I— ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK FLOOR LEVEL ACCESS CONTROL DIAGRAM 114 =1 -0' w J N w z 0 0 J 0 W 0 0 m 0 w 10 En w Z H CD I w o w 0 w (1) w 3 cr oQ wo o Z (0 w z 0 O w J U w Q S a o 0 cn 0 z w VI CD L J O Q w 0 O a 6 E 0 V) 1- m 3 0 9' I I I L 0 0 I li J ,N r I L J a FRONT ELEVATION NOTE:INSTALL IDEC #PS3L 118 24V POWER SUPPLY ON BRACKETS ABOVE EXISTING CEILING; USE EXISTING DEMOLISHED ELEC. OUTLET FOR POWER WITH NEW JUNCTION BOX LOCATED AT POWER SUPPLY EXTEND 314 "P1 CONDUIT AND WIRING TO CENTRAL CONTROL FOR OWNER INTERFACE WITH EXISTING JAIL CONTROLS. HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME BEYOND E) FINISH FLOORING TO REMAIN; ADD NEW FLOORING TO MATCH EXISTING AS REQUIRED' COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT 3' 1 1 Y 1 4 p 6" /2 0 0 d a 3 =1 -0' 4 1 112 =1 -0' 4 4 d a (E) MASONRY WALL o (2) 318 "0 X 3" EXPANSION ANCHOR STEEL BOX FABRICATION FROM 14 GA. PLATE; PAINT n VERIFY WALL THICKNESS V a l SINGLE GANG OUTLET BOX DURESS ALARM BOX DETAIL DOOR THRESHOLD' SEE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE; SAW -CUT CONC. TO RECESS FLUSH; SET IN CONT BED OF SILICONE SEALANT d EXTERIOR DOOR SILL DETAIL SLOPE 2% MIN. 4 n LEAD ANCHORS FOR SETT NG OF THRESHOLD MFG. SUPPLIED SCREWS; TYP L STEEL PIANO HINGES S HINGE NO.400P OR q. QUAL, WELD TO DOOR A BODY DURESS A!,Ak2M BUTTON; IDEC #XW1 E- BV422M -R W1TW3XW9Z -VL2M TERMINAL COVER OR EQUAL. USE 16 AWB MAX. WIRING FOR ALL CONNECTIONS. CO 0 w w J F= F- z 0 0 LU Q 0 O J U CC 0 Q d -J o d CD w 0 0, d 0 0 z CO O 0 W 7 W '5 W 0 0 W H 0� 0) 0 W o Z cc Z. 0 W 0 J U W Sao W o J 6 LL 1 1 1 0 F 0 0 Lu n Z Z c./) 0 CO 0 Z Z J uJ W m N goo O 0 N OT C `Hy Z�./ Z3a if w< z o w t o (E) GWB TO REMAIN; SAW -CUT AND REMOVE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD 6' 20 GA. CONT BACKING METAL, SECURE TO EACH STUD WITH (2) SM SCREWS; TYP FRP PANEL/TRIM ADHERED TO (E) SUBSTRATE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD, SEAL TO (E) GWB WITH CONT FIBERGLASS TAPE, SET IN LAYER OF GWB JOINT COMPOUND, SAND SMOOTH NEW 6" QUARRY TILE BASE, THIN -SET TO CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD. GROUT WITH EPDXY GROUT QUARRY TILE FLOORING TO REMAIN (E) METAL STUDS (E) 4' QUARRY TILE BASE TO BE REMOVED d Q (E) CONC. SLAB -ON -GRADE 3 =1 -0 a d a d d O d 4 d NOTE:THERE IS DAMAGED GWB UP TO 24' A.F.F CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE COST FOR SAWCUTTING, REMOVING AND REPLACING DAMAGED GWB ALONG PERIMETER OF AFFECTED AREA. f a d CONT SILICONE SEALANT 1/4' MA JOINT d d QUARRY TILE BASE DETAIL 4 d d 4 3 =1 -0 4 d b ABOVE FRP PANELS d AT FRP PANELS Lu 2 b d d 8 d J CONT GWB EDGE METAL a (E) METAL STUD FURRING AND 518' GWB TO REMAIN (E) CMU WALL (E) CMU WALL FURRING END WALL DETAIL CONT SILICONE SEALANT NEW 5/8' GWB, PAINT NEW GWB CORNER TRIM 2 (E) METAL STUD FURRING AND 5/8' GWB -TO- REMAIN CONT SILICONE SEALANT r NEW FRP END TRIM NEW FRP PANELS, ADHER TO NEW 5/8' GWB SUBSTRATE S.S. CORNER GUARD, FULL HEIGHT OF FRP BY FRP MFG. NEW FRP PANELS, ADHER TO (E) 5/8" GWB SUBSTRATE W -J 1— N T ce W 1- fl z 0 v7 w 0 0 w 6 w Zm z o I- 0 (7) 1 5 o0 0 w 1 Z O w Y Q F T Y O Cf) o z W 0 g 0 w 20z o J D U W J Q J Ce cc a I O -,d LLw m 0 F F RUC) W w o F La cc a O Z 2 z 0_ N z Q a d Z ZQ Z m Q U m Cr) Z O .0 IC-) OJ N O C O 1 `nF Z ¢Zc2 CO W o w O cnac,a